Ucode capability bit 26 indicates support for UAPSD on P2P interface
even with a simultaneous BSS station interface, as long as both
interfaces are in the same binding. Change the name of the
capability bit to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Somehow we ended up without leading spaces here, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We cannot trust NSSN for AMSDU sub-frames that are not the
last.
The reason is that NSSN advances on the first sub-frame,
and may cause the reorder buffer to advance before all the
sub-frames arrive.
Example:
Reorder buffer contains SN 0 & 2.
We receive AMSDU with SN 1 and NSSN for first sub frame 3.
The result us that driver releases SN 0,1, 2.
When sub-frame 1 arrives - reorder buffer is already ahead and
it will be dropped.
If the last sub-frame is not on this queue - we will get frame
release notification with up to date NSSN.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The new hardware that supports multiple queue also
de-aggregates A-MSDUs. This means that we can advertise
the maximal size of A-MSDUs regardless of the receive
buffer's size.
In order to be able to forcefully use a lower A-MSDU size,
add a default value for the module parameter. Pre-9000
will have a default of 4K, and 9000 will have 12K.
Setting the amsdu_size module parameter to 4K will limit
the A-MSDU on 9000 as well.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The function ar9003_hw_apply_minccapwr_thresh takes as second parameter not
a pointer to the channel but a boolean value describing whether the channel
is 2.4GHz or not. This broke (according to the origin commit) the ETSI
regulatory compliance on 5GHz channels.
Fixes: 3533bf6b15 ("ath9k: Fix regulatory compliance")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Just setting the proper return for reading beyond the eeprom data.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@riverbed.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Found this obvious typo while going through the spectral
code design in ath10k
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Disable TX_STBC for both HT and VHT if the devices tx chainmask is '1'
TX_STBC is required only for devices with tx_chainmask > 1. This fixes
a ping failure for QCA9887 (1x1) in HT/VHT mode
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable beacon loss detection support for 10.4 by handling
roam event. With this change QCA99X0 station is able to
detect beacon loss when the AP is powered off
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Smatch warns about a number of cases in ath10k where a pointer is
null-checked after it has already been dereferenced, in code involving
ath10k private virtual interface pointers.
Fix these by making the dereference happen later.
Addresses the following smatch warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:3651 ath10k_mac_txq_init() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'txq' (see line 3649)
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:3664 ath10k_mac_txq_unref() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'txq' (see line 3659)
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt_tx.c:70 __ath10k_htt_tx_txq_recalc() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'txq->sta' (see line 52)
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt_tx.c:740 ath10k_htt_tx_get_vdev_id() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'cb->vif' (see line 736)
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/txrx.c:86 ath10k_txrx_tx_unref() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'txq' (see line 84)
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.c:1837 ath10k_wmi_op_gen_mgmt_tx() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'cb->vif' (see line 1825)
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The below warning message seems to hit occasionally with the following
combination (IPQ4019 + ACS scan) where we receive packets as a self peer
when hostapd does ACS when we bring up AP mode . ath10k has the below
fall back mechanism to fetch current operating channel in rx (it will
check for the next channel tracking variable if the current one is NULL)
[scan channel] --> [rx channel] --> [peer channel] -->
[vdev channel] --> [any vdev channel] --> [target oper channel]
'scan channel' and 'target operating channel' are directly fetched from
firmware events. All the others should be updated by mac80211.
During ACS scan we wouldn't have a valid channel context
assigned from mac80211 ('ar->rx_channel'), and also relying on
('ar->scan_channel') is not helpful (it becomes NULL when it goes to
BSS channel and also when the scan event is completed). In short we
cannot always rely on these two channel tracking variables.
'Target Operating Channel' (ar->tgt_oper_chan) seems to keep track of
the current operating even while we are doing ACS scan and etc. Hence
remove this un-necessary warning message and continue with
target_operating channel. At the worst case scenario when the target
operating channel is invalid (NULL) we already have an ath10k warning
message to notify we really don't have a proper channel configured in
rx to update the rx status("no channel configured; ignoring frame(s)!")
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at ath/ath10k/htt_rx.c:803
[<c0318838>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<bf4a0104>]
(ath10k_htt_rx_h_channel+0xe0/0x1b8 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4a0104>] (ath10k_htt_rx_h_channel [ath10k_core]) from
[<bf4a025c>] (ath10k_htt_rx_h_ppdu+0x80/0x288 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4a025c>] (ath10k_htt_rx_h_ppdu [ath10k_core]) from
[<bf4a1a9c>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x724/0x9d4 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4a1a9c>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task [ath10k_core])
Fixes:3b0499e9ce42 ("ath10k: reduce warning messages during rx without proper channel context")
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Usually when the firmware crashes we check for the value
'FW_IND_EVENT_PENDING' in 'FW_INDICATOR_ADDRESS' and proceed with
disabling the irq and dumping firmware 'crash dump'. Now
when the PCI card is unplugged from the device the PCI controller
seems to generate a spurious interrupt after some time which
was as treated a firmware crash and resulting in the below race
condition (and eventually crashing the system)
ath10k_core_unregister -> ath10k_core_free_board_files
...... device unplug spurious interrupt .........
ath10k_pci_taklet -> ath10k_pci_fw_crashed_dump ...etc
Clearly even after the firmware board files related data structure
is freed up we are getting a spurious interrupt from PCI with 0xfffffff
in the 'FW_INDICATOR_ADDRESS' resulting in scheduling of the pci tasklet
and doing a crash dump, printing f/w board related info resulting in the
below crash. Fix this by detecting this spurious interrupt in ath10k PCI
irq handler itself and return IRQ_NONE. Thanks to Michal Kazior for
helping us conclude the most appropriate fix.
Call trace:
EIP is at ath10k_debug_print_board_info+0x39/0xb0
[ath10k_core]
EAX: 00000000 EBX: d4de15a0 ECX: 00000000 EDX: 00000064
ESI: f615ddd0 EDI: f8530000 EBP: f615de3c ESP: f615ddbc
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0000 SS: 0068
CR0: 80050033 CR2: 00000004 CR3: 01c0a000 CR4: 000006f0
Stack:
f615ddd0 00000064 f8b4ecdd 00000000 00000000 00412f4e
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
Call Trace:
[<f8b1f517>] ath10k_print_driver_info+0x17/0x30
[ath10k_core]
[<f875463a>] ath10k_pci_fw_crashed_dump+0x7a/0xe0
[ath10k_pci]
[<f87549d0>] ath10k_pci_tasklet+0x70/0x90 [ath10k_pci]
[<c106151e>] tasklet_action+0x9e/0xb0
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Registering wmediumd is currently limited to the initial network
namespace. This patch enables wmediumd to attach from non-initial
network namespaces using a user namespace having CAP_NET_ADMIN. A
registered wmediumd can forward frames on radios that have been created
in the same network namespace, even if they have been moved to other
network namespaces.
The wmediumd Netlink portid is tracked per net namespace. Additionally,
the portid is stored on all radios created in that net namespace to
simplify the portid lookup in the data path.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stations can now be added before association
(NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE support),
no supported rates are set when the station is added
to the fw, resulting in fw recovery.
Fix it by first configuring the AP basic rates as
the station configured rates (when the station is
first added to the driver), and after the station
was authorized re-configure it, now with the actual
supported rates.
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We obviously don't want to fall through in that switch. With this change
1) We wait for event (triggered by p2p_disc) as expected
2) We remove interface manually on timeout
3) We return 0 on success instead of -ENOTSUPP
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This header provides two inline functions using struct brcmf_if so we
need core.h to avoid:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h: In function ‘ndev_to_prof’:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h:368:13: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type
return &ifp->vif->profile;
^
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h: In function ‘ndev_to_vif’:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h:374:12: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type
return ifp->vif;
^
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function can work just fine with const pointer, it only calls
alloc_netdev which take const as well. Moreover it makes this function
more flexible as some cfg80211 callback may provide const char * as
well, e.g. add_virtual_intf. This will be needed for more advanced
interface management.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Removing P2P interface is handled by sending a proper request to the
firmware. On success firmware triggers an event and driver's handler
removes a matching interface.
However on event timeout we remove interface directly from the cfg80211
callback. Current code doesn't handle this case correctly as it always
assumes rtnl to be unlocked.
Fix it by adding an extra rtnl_locked parameter to functions and calling
unregister_netdevice when needed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Modern C standards expect the 'inline' keyword to come before the return
type in a declaration, and we get a warning for this with "make W=1":
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:4096:1: error: 'inline' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Modern C standards expect the 'static' keyword to come first in a
declaration, and we get a warning for this with "make W=1":
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c:3353:1: error: 'static' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
'register' is a keyword in C and cannot be used in place of a
variable name, as shown by this -Wextra warning:
drivers/net/wireless/cisco/airo.c:1105:29: error: 'register' is not at beginning of declaration [-Werror=old-style-declaration]
This replaces the 'register' keyword with a 'reg' identifier in
the declaration, which matches the definition and has the intended
meaning.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that if interface type is changed from managed to
__ap, AP can be successfully started. But there is a problem if new
ap interface is added.
The problem got resolved after sending appropriate commands to firmware
in add_interface handler.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch populates secondary channel offset and downloads it to
firmware to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some platforms, driver is unable to wakeup firmware after system resume
due to a problem at MMC subsystem. Triggering card reset in this case has
a race with card removal from MMC which causes system hang. This patch
resolves the problem by not triggering card reset.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is obeserved that sometimes scan operation will block the disconnect
during system suspend. It's ok to cancel ongoing scan in this case. It
reduces unnecessary system suspend delay.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch creates common function mwifiex_cancel_scan to remove
duplication of code.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When an association command is sent to firmware but the process is
killed before the command response arrives, driver will try to
access bss_desc which is already freed. This issue is fixed by
checking return value of bss_start.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Compiling the rtlwifi drivers for ARM with gcc -Wextra warns about lots of
incorrect code that results from 'char' being unsigned here, e.g.
realtek/rtlwifi/rc.c:113:18: error: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/dm.c:1070:22: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/trx.c:54:16: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/mac.c:601:16: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/trx.c:53:16: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/phy.c:1268:12: error: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/rf.c:150:20: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723be/dm.c:877:29: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723be/phy.c:386:16: error: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:1514:38: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/phy.c:1558:11: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/phy.c:386:24: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/trx.c:55:12: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
realtek/rtlwifi/stats.c:31:16: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
This patch changes all uses of 'char' in this driver that refer to
8-bit integers to use 's8' instead, which is signed on all architectures.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
lbs_mac_event_disconnected may free priv->currenttxskb
while lbs_hard_start_xmit accesses to it.
The patch adds a spinlock for mutual exclusion.
Tested on OLPC XO-1 (usb8388) and XO-1.5 (sd8686) with v4.7-rc3.
Confirmed that lbs_mac_event_disconnected is being called on the
station when hostapd on access point is given SIGHUP.
Signed-off-by: Pavel <andrianov@ispras.ru>
Tested-by: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Acked-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vaishali.thakkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
pdev_data pointer is being freed with kfree but the pointer is not dynamic allocated.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Herrera <bruherrera@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use %*ph specifier to dump small buffers in hex format instead of doing this
byte-by-byte.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This also renames REG_USB_AGG_{TO,TH} to REG_USB_AGG_{TIMEOUT,THRESH}
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Documentation for enabling USB aggregation and whether to select
interrupt or bulk delivery of interrupt events.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem (viz
&priv->cmd_work per priv, which maps to lbtf_cmd_work) is involved in
actual command processing and may be used on a memory reclaim path.
The workitems require forward progress under memory pressure and hence,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set. Since there are only a fixed number of work
items, explicit concurrency limit is unnecessary here.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This change reorders some operations in brcmf_setup_ifmodes in hope to
make it simpler:
1) It allocates arrays right before filling them. This way it's easier
to follow requested array length as it's immediately followed by
code filling it. It's easier to check e.g. why we need 4 entries for
P2P. Other than that it deduplicates some checks (e.g. for P2P).
2) It reorders code to first prepare limits and then define a new combo.
Previously this was mixed (e.g. we were setting num of channels
before preparing limits).
3) It modifies mbss code to use i variable just like other combos do.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Major changes:
ath10k
* enable btcoex support without restarting firmware
* enable ipq4019 support using AHB bus
* add QCA9887 chipset support
* retrieve calibration data from EEPROM, currently only for QCA9887
wil6210
* add pm_notify handling
brcmfmac
* add support for the PCIE devices 43525 and 43465
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXaRfMAAoJEG4XJFUm622bxwEH/iZm3o752MM62fJyCOEtEN6R
8vL7kyehX81G9szQyQ7bMQ7y0diobeBGsu8e7zzV4Mt+cU0Z9g/ezfca6HfE6Hrh
0ubKl/tSzAhRcAoQiNyKOI36yt455r1Mnr8a18OYO79pnNcjf7kSd7pJG2BW0Hdx
dRsSxzcg+E0w4z7mJ/cgM5aRzjXmXvAUjw9cIt36y3+ng1fQ+M782lkCtscMZY3Q
e5bkLCaP5TG+O9niPTjzrAzMlBTGwopknuEZnwIGDkNkx1PeBzRATVGeSa9Zba6d
g17kGbP7QT1GaCJF/FfWColaVpMBDhviovQANeoaUi804C4ZKNZAcJirZC3W2eM=
=uYcn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-06-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.8
Major changes:
ath10k
* enable btcoex support without restarting firmware
* enable ipq4019 support using AHB bus
* add QCA9887 chipset support
* retrieve calibration data from EEPROM, currently only for QCA9887
wil6210
* add pm_notify handling
brcmfmac
* add support for the PCIE devices 43525 and 43465
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi
* fix the scan timeout for long scans
* fix an RCU splat caused when updating the TKIP key
* fix a potential NULL-derefence introduced recently
* fix a IGTK key bug that has existed since the MVM driver was introduced
* fix some fw capabilities checks that got accidentally inverted
rtl8xxxu
* fix typo on variable name
ath10k
* fix deadlock when peer cannot be created
* fix crash related to printing features
* fix deadlock while processing rx_in_ord_ind
ath9k
* fix GPIO mask regression for AR9462 and AR9565
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXaRGeAAoJEG4XJFUm622bc6MH/jBpajTua8/fEUwo8dEywKRD
HULV6h5jDfoQ2N+LkKGff4UoAup4rWvzsXgTsNwPrma+TYi8M/eVrWanJ+TkwI31
2jHh2ynBqAPNhM6oT/NKJgGPgamFsa7mvtM8wBZV4VZseIGhJcKExExLjnE64ZdG
7o6VrtNRNtP+lnxT7ojbcS7cMnQqa7d32CqYjyJtABzLdSHNdww9euHLo9t6EFFa
7dti3t4WftTZ0+VyZmNrLgS+RO0ix7Kbr+ZfNQPyq9DLAaSfNZR8kWpNZjR7G4BA
QYffAkBO/iwffJS9b/VU+o8b32SV0TstTbJsEyvJcqkkTbngj2QhHZHBU012vQk=
=uVoM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-06-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.7
iwlwifi
* fix the scan timeout for long scans
* fix an RCU splat caused when updating the TKIP key
* fix a potential NULL-derefence introduced recently
* fix a IGTK key bug that has existed since the MVM driver was introduced
* fix some fw capabilities checks that got accidentally inverted
rtl8xxxu
* fix typo on variable name
ath10k
* fix deadlock when peer cannot be created
* fix crash related to printing features
* fix deadlock while processing rx_in_ord_ind
ath9k
* fix GPIO mask regression for AR9462 and AR9565
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath.git patches for 4.8. Major changes:
ath10k
* enable btcoex support without restarting firmware
* enable ipq4019 support using AHB bus
* add QCA9887 chipset support
* retrieve calibration data from EEPROM, currently only for QCA9887
wil6210
* add pm_notify handling
Calling sdio_claim_host() from the interface independent part of
the mwifiex driver is not only a layering violation, but also causes
a link error if MMC support is disabled, or if CONFIG_MMC=m
and CONFIG_MWIFIEX=y:
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `mwifiex_fw_dpc':
:(.text+0xff138): undefined reference to `sdio_claim_host'
:(.text+0xff158): undefined reference to `sdio_release_host'
The right way to do this is to have the sdio specific code in the
sdio driver front-end, and we already have a callback pointer that
we can use for this after exporting the generic fw download
function from the core driver.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 65c71efe1c ("mwifiex: fix racing condition when downloading firmware")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Without this including cfg80211.h in a wrong order could result in:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h:122:24: error: array type has incomplete element type
struct brcmf_wsec_key key[BRCMF_MAX_DEFAULT_KEYS];
^
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h:291:24: error: field ‘p2p’ has incomplete type
struct brcmf_p2p_info p2p;
^
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h:297:27: error: field ‘pmk_list’ has incomplete type
struct brcmf_pmk_list_le pmk_list;
^
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.h:317:28: error: field ‘assoclist’ has incomplete type
struct brcmf_assoclist_le assoclist;
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This attribute was added 3 years ago by
commit 3eacf86655 ("brcmfmac: introduce brcmf_cfg80211_vif structure")
but it remains unused since then. It seems we can safely drop it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Per Michael Büsch: "All a-phy code is usused", so remove it all.
Cc: Michael Büsch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc-6 reports the following error with -Werror=unused-const-variable.
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/b43/phy_a.c:576:40: error:
'b43_phyops_a' defined but not used
Per Michael Büsch: "All a-phy code is usused", so remove it all,
and move the remaining Type-G initialization code into phy_g.c.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com> [0-day test robot]
Cc: Michael Büsch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
In if_sdio.c, the workqueue card->workqueue has workitem
&card->packet_worker, which is mapped to if_sdio_host_to_card_worker.
The workitem is involved in sending packets to firmware.
Forward progress under memory pressure is a requirement here.
In if_spi.c, the workqueue card->workqueue has workitem
&card->packet_worker, which is mapped to if_spi_host_to_card_worker.
The workitem is involved in sending command packets from the host.
Forward progress under memory pressure is a requirement here.
Dedicated workqueues have been used in both cases since the workitems
on the workqueues are involved in normal device operation with
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM set to gurantee forward progress under memory pressure.
Since there are only a fixed number of work items, explicit concurrency
limit is unnecessary.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the calls to flush_workqueue() before
destroy_workqueue() have been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The bus rx sequence is not in order because that control and event
frames always cause immediate send, but data frames may be held
for glomming in firmware side. It is not actually an error as the
packets are still processed even if the RX sequence is not in order.
Therefor the error message is rephrased and changed to a debug
message.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the new PCIE devices 43525 and 43465.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When using nmap tool with FMAC, the nmap packets were be dropped by kernel
because the size was too short. The kernel message showed like
"nmap: packet size is too short (42 <= 50)". It is caused by the packet
length is shorter than ndev->hard_header_len. According to definition of
LL_RESERVED_SPACE() and hard_header_len, we should use hard_header_len
to reserve for L2 header, like ethernet header(ETH_HLEN) in our case and
use needed_headroom for the additional headroom needed by hardware.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The error message is given for something that is not an error here as
the drive strength configuration may not be applicable for specific
devices. Therefor the error message is rephrased and changed to a
debug message.
Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@broadcom.com>
[arend@broadcom.com: rephrase commit message]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SKBs can come with a prioriy. Currently a priority of 0..7 is
assumed. But this assumption is incorrect. To fix this any
priority of 0 or higher then 7 will be adjusted by calling
cfg80211_classify8021d
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Only hardcode the LED behavior if the SROM doesn't provide any for all
LEDs of the card. This avoids instantiating LED triggers for unconnected
LEDs, while (hopefully) keeping things working for old cards with a
blank SROM.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc-6 reports:
drivers/net/wireless/marvell/libertas_tf/main.c:30:19: error:
'lbtf_driver_version' defined but not used
with -Werror=unused-const-variable=.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com> [0-day test robot]
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are nine copies of the _rtl88ee_read_adapter_info() function,
and most but not all of them cause a build warning in some configurations:
rtl8192de/hw.c: In function '_rtl92de_read_adapter_info':
rtl8192de/hw.c:1767:12: error: 'hwinfo' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
rtl8723ae/hw.c: In function '_rtl8723e_read_adapter_info.constprop':
rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hw.c:1654:12: error: 'hwinfo' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
The problem is that when rtlefuse->epromtype is something other than
EEPROM_BOOT_EFUSE, the rest of the function uses undefined data, resulting
in random behavior later.
Apparently, in some drivers, the problem was already found and fixed
but the fix did not make it into the others.
This picks one approach to deal with the problem and applies identical
code to all 9 files, to simplify the later consolidation of those.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are two firmware events we handle similarly in brcmfmac:
BRCMF_E_LINK and BRCMF_E_IF. The difference from firmware point of view
is that the first one means BSS remains present in the firmware. Trying
to (re)create it (e.g. when adding new virtual interface) will result in
an error.
Current code treats both events in a similar way. It removes Linux
interface for each of them. It works OK with e.g. BCM43602. Its firmware
generates both events for each interface. It means we get BRCMF_E_LINK
and remove interface. That is soon followed by BRCMF_E_IF which means
BSS was also removed in a firmware. The only downside of this is a
harmless error like:
[ 208.643180] brcmfmac: brcmf_fweh_call_event_handler: no interface object
Unfortunately BCM4366 firmware doesn't automatically remove BSS and so
it doesn't generate BRCMF_E_IF. In such case we incorrectly remove Linux
interface on BRCMF_E_LINK as BSS is still present in the firmware. It
results in an error when trying to re-create virtual interface, e.g.:
> iw phy phy1 interface add wlan1-1 type __ap
[ 3602.929199] brcmfmac: brcmf_ap_add_vif: timeout occurred
command failed: I/O error (-5)
With this patch we don't remove Linux interface while firmware keeps
BSS. Thanks to this we keep a consistent states of host driver and
device firmware.
Further improvement should be to mark BSS as disabled and remove
interface on BRCMF_E_LINK. Then we should add support for reusing
BSS-es.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware for new chipsets is based on a new major version of code
internally maintained at Broadcom. E.g. brcmfmac4366b-pcie.bin (used for
BCM4366B1) is based on 10.10.69.3309 while brcmfmac43602-pcie.ap.bin was
based on 7.35.177.56.
Currently setting AP 5 GHz channel doesn't work reliably with BCM4366B1.
When setting e.g. 36 control channel with VHT80 (center channel 42)
firmware may randomly pick one of:
1) 52 control channel with 58 as center one
2) 100 control channel with 106 as center one
3) 116 control channel with 122 as center one
4) 149 control channel with 155 as center one
It seems new firmwares require setting AP mode (BRCMF_C_SET_AP) before
specifying a channel. Changing an order of firmware calls fixes the
problem. This requirement resulted in two separated "chanspec" calls,
one in AP code path and one in P2P path.
This fix was verified with BCM4366B1 and tested for regressions on
BCM43602.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc-6 on x86 started warning about wl3501_get_encode when building
with -O2:
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c: In function ‘wl3501_get_encode’:
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1769:5: warning: ‘implemented’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1686:19: warning: ‘threshold’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1702:20: warning: ‘threshold’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1719:23: warning: ‘txpow’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1752:20: warning: ‘retry’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1806:25: warning: ‘pwr_state’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c:1383:24: warning: ‘value’ may be used uninitialized in this function
I could not figure out what exactly confuses gcc here, but splitting the
wl3501_get_mib_value function into two helps the compiler to figure out
that the variables are not actually used uninitialized, and makes it
slightly clearer to a human reader what the function actually does and
which parts of it are under the spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/marvell-sd8xxx.txt DT
binding document lists the possible compatible strings that a SDIO child
node can have, so the driver checks if the defined in the node matches.
But the error message when that's not the case is misleading, so change
for one that makes clear what the error really is. Also, returning a -1
as errno code is not correct since that's -EPERM. A -EINVAL seems to be
a more appropriate one.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/marvell-sd8xxx.txt DT
binding document say that the "interrupts" property in the child node is
optional. So the property being missed shouldn't be treated as an error.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The function can fail so the returned value should be checked
and the error propagated to the caller in case of a failure.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's better to have the device name prefixed in the error message.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of duplicating part of the cleanups needed in case of an error
in .probe callback, have a single error path and use goto labels as is
common practice in the kernel.
This also has the nice side effect that the cleanup operations are made
in the inverse order of their counterparts, which was not the case for
the mwifiex_add_card() error path.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There's only a check if mwifiex_add_card() returned a nonzero value, but
the actual error code is neither stored nor propagated to the caller. So
instead of always returning -1 (which is -EPERM and not a suitable errno
code in this case), propagate the value returned by mwifiex_add_card().
Patch also removes the assignment of sdio_disable_func() returned value
since it was overwritten anyways and what matters is to know the error
value returned by the first function that failed.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the sdio_enable_func() function fails on .probe, the -EIO errno code
is always returned but that could make more difficult to debug and find
the cause of why the function actually failed.
Since the driver/device core prints the value returned by .probe in its
error message propagate what was returned by sdio_enable_func() at fail.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO is an auto enumerable bus so the SDIO devices are matched using the
sdio_device_id table and not using compatible strings from a OF id table.
However, commit ce4f6f0c35 ("mwifiex: add platform specific wakeup
interrupt support") allowed to match nodes defined as child of the SDIO
host controller in the probe function using a compatible string to setup
platform specific parameters in the DT.
The problem is that the OF parse function is always called regardless if
the SDIO dev has an OF node associated or not, and prints an error if it
is not found. So, on a platform that doesn't have a node for a SDIO dev,
the following misleading error message will be printed:
[ 12.480042] mwifiex_sdio mmc2:0001:1: sdio platform data not available
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is helpful for debugging. Without this all I was getting from "iw"
command on failed creating of P2P interface was:
> command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
Signed-off-by: Rafal Milecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
[arend@broadcom.com: reduce error prints upon iface creation]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath.git fixes for 4.7. Major changes:
ath9k
* fix GPIO mask regression with AR9462 and AR9565
ath10k
* fix deadlock while processing rx_in_ord_ind
* fix crash related to printing firmware features in debug mode
* fix deadlock when peer cannot be created
path_b_ok is being assigned but immediately after path_a_ok is being
compared to the value 0x03. This appears to be a typo on the
variable name, compare path_b_ok instead.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch ensures that 'locally_generated' parameter is correctly
passed to cfg80211_disconnected() API.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The GFP_DMA flag is obviously misunderstood in the mwifiex driver. It's
meant for legacy ISA DMA memory mappings only -- the lower 16MB on x86.
That doesn't apply to PCIe or SDIO devices, I guess.
Remove the GFP_DMA flag to reduce the need to place the socket buffer
allocation into the low mem DMA area, which might already be in use by
other drivers.
This misuse was flagged by the PaX USERCOPY feature by chance, as it
detected the user copy operation from a DMA buffer in the recvfrom()
syscall path.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Dennis Wassenberg <dennis.wassenberg@secunet.com>
Cc: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Cc: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Cc: PaX Team <pageexec@freemail.hu>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is important for brcmfmac as some of released firmwares (e.g.
brcmfmac4366b-pcie.bin) may pick different channel than requested. This
has been tested with BCM4366B1 in D-Link DIR-885L.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Our d11 code supports encoding/decoding channel info into/from chanspec
format used by firmware. Current implementation is quite misleading
because of the way "chnum" field is used.
When encoding channel info, "chnum" has to be filled by a caller with
*center* channel number. However when decoding chanspec the same field
is filled with a *control* channel number.
1) This can be confusing. It's expected for information to be the same
after encoding and decoding.
2) It doesn't allow accessing all info when decoding. Some functions may
need to know both channel numbers, e.g. cfg80211 callback getting
current channel.
Solve this by adding a separated field for control channel.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use kmemdup when some other buffer is immediately copied into allocated
region. It replaces call to allocation followed by memcpy, by a single
call to kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc-6 warns about code in il3945_hw_txq_ctx_free() being
somewhat ambiguous:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlegacy/3945.c:1022:5: warning: suggest explicit braces to avoid ambiguous 'else' [-Wparentheses]
This adds a set of curly braces to avoid the warning.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The action 'check for winner' and 'download firmware' should be an
atomic action. This is true for btmrvl driver but not mwmfiex, which
cause firmware download to fail when the following senerio happens:
1) mwifiex check winner status: true
2) btmrvl check winner status: true, and start downloading firmware
3) mwfieix tries to download firmware, but failed because btmrvl is
already downloading.
This won't happen if 1) and 3) is an atomic action. This patch adds
sdio_claim/release_host call around those two actions to make sure it's
atomic.
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Simplify assignment in wlc_phy_rxcal_gainctrl_nphy_rev5.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Simplify _rtl92ee_phy_path_adda_on.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not dereference card before checking against NULL value.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not return undefined value for transmission power
if the rate is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Variable adapter is incorrectly initialized.
Fixes: bf00dc22bc ("mwifiex: AMSDU Rx frame handling in AP mode")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
msg is dereferenced before checking against NULL, e.g.
when assigning pad_bytes.
Remove the superfluous check in function rsi_mgmt_pkt_to_core.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The nl80211 layer expects P2P search operation to be aborted
if needed when stopping P2P device. If the P2P search operation
is still running after returning from stop_p2p_device
it causes a WARN_ON and possibly a kernel crash.
Fix this by aborting the P2P search in wil_cfg80211_stop_p2p_device
and preventing P2P search from being started on a stopped P2P
device.
Note, the fix does not cover the case where a regular scan
is started on the P2P device. It will be completed in the
future when support is added for aborting a scan operation.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In wil_p2p_listen chan is checked to protect against NULL
pointer access only before setting channel = chan->hw_value.
Add a global parameter check to cover all accesses to chan.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In this switch statement, the default case does not always assign
sifs. In practice, ah->ah_bwmode cannot take values besides the
other labels, so this is not an actual problem, but it looks odd
and smatch complains thus:
ath5k_hw_get_default_sifs() warn: missing break? reassigning 'sifs'
Silence the warning by moving default label up a line.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit 5c86d97bcc ("ath10k: combine txrx and replenish task")
introduced deadlock while processing rx in order indication message
for qca6174 based devices. While merging replenish and txrx tasklets,
replenish task should be called out of htt rx ring locking since it
is also try to acquire the same lock.
Unfortunately this issue is not exposed by other solutions (qca988x,
qca99x0 & qca4019), as rx_in_ord_ind message is specific to qca6174
based devices. This patch fixes
=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
4.7.0-rc2-wt-ath+ #1353 Tainted: G E
---------------------------------------------
swapper/3/0 is trying to acquire lock:
(&(&htt->rx_ring.lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at: [<f8d7ef19>]
ath10k_htt_rx_msdu_buff_replenish+0x29/0x90 [ath10k_core]
but task is already holding lock:
(&(&htt->rx_ring.lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at: [<f8d82cab>]
ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x21b/0x250 [ath10k_core]
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&(&htt->rx_ring.lock)->rlock);
lock(&(&htt->rx_ring.lock)->rlock);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
1 lock held by swapper/3/0:
#0: (&(&htt->rx_ring.lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at: [<f8d82cab>]
ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x21b/0x250 [ath10k_core]
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=119151
Fixes: 5c86d97bcc ("ath10k: combine txrx and replenish task")
Reported-by: Mike Lothian <mike@fireburn.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In QCA4019, cycle counter wraparound is not tied to rx
clear counter. Each counter would wraparound individually
and after wraparound the respective counter will be reset
to 0x7fffffff while other counter still running unaffected.
Define a new wraparound type for this behaviour and handle
it separately so that rx clear counter wraparound is also
handled just like cycle counter. With this type of
wraparound we can accurately compute and report channel
active/busy time when any of the counter overflows.
Fixes: ee9ca147c5 ("ath10k: Fix survey reporting with QCA4019")
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA988X hw implements a different cycle counter wraparound
behaviour when compared to QCA4019. To properly handle different
wraparound logic for these chipsets replace already available
bool hw_params member, has_shifted_cc_wraparound, with an
enum which could be extended to handle different wraparound
behaviour. This patch keeps the existing logic functionally
same and a prepares cycle counter wraparound handling to
extend for other chips.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: change also QCA9887 wrap type]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
CCK hardware table mapping from QCA99X0 onwards got revised.
The CCK hardware rate values are in a proper order wrt. to
rate and preamble as below
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_LP_1M = 1,
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_LP_2M = 2,
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_LP_5_5M = 3,
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_LP_11M = 4,
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_SP_2M = 5,
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_SP_5_5M = 6,
ATH10K_HW_RATE_REV2_CCK_SP_11M = 7,
This results in reporting of rx frames (with CCK rates)
totally wrong for QCA99X0, QCA4019. Fix this by having
separate CCK rate table for these chipsets with rev2 suffix
and registering the correct rate mapping to mac80211 based on
the new hw_param (introduced) 'cck_rate_map_rev2' which shall
be true for any newchipsets from QCA99X0 onwards
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
All these flags are not used and their use is completely
covered by 'ath10k_hw_rate_ofdm', 'ath10k_hw_rate_cck',
and RX_PPDU_START_RATE_FLAG
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Only five bits are defined to pass tid information in HTT_RX_IND
message, so the mask which can be used to extract tid should be 0x1f
instead of the current 0x3f. Also, macros which can be used to extract
flush_valid and release_valid bits have to be left shifted one bit less
because these information follow the tid right after. This patch does
not really fix anything functionally because these macros are not used
currently.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=FvhQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-06-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the next cycle, we have the following:
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My cleanup in "iwlwifi: prepare for higher API/CAPA bits" accidentally
inverted a few tests - fix them.
Fixes: 859d914c8f ("iwlwifi: prepare for higher API/CAPA bits")
Reported-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The FW expect the driver to set the encryption algorithm type when
installing the IGTK key in the HW.
Currently when installing CMAC IGTK key we don't set the algorithm type
and as a result the FW fails to calculate the MIC of multicast management
frames.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We try to access sta before we check for IS_ERR_OR_NULL(), so we may
end up accessing a NULL pointer. To prevent that, move the conversion
from sta to mvm_sta below the check.
Fixes: b915c10174 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add reorder buffer per queue")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The 16 seconds timeout we were using turned out to be too short.
Recalculations by system show that the total time in both bands should
be < 18.5 seconds, even in the slowest cases (e.g. DCM P2P with
DTIM=2). Rounding it up to 20 seconds for a bit more safety.
Fixes: 728e825f81 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add a scan timeout for regular scans")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The old implementation was overcomplicated and slightly bugged in some
corner cases.
Consider following state of BSS-es (limited to 6 for simplification):
drvr->iflist[0]: { bsscfgidx:0, ndev->name:wlan1, }
drvr->iflist[1]: (null)
drvr->iflist[2]: { bsscfgidx:2, ndev->name:wlan1-1, }
drvr->iflist[3]: { bsscfgidx:3, ndev->name:wlan1-2, }
drvr->iflist[4]: (null)
drvr->iflist[5]: (null)
In such case the next AP interface should bsscfgidx 4 (we don't use 1 as
it's reserved for P2P).
With old code the loop iterations were following:
[ifidx = 0] [bsscfgidx = 2] [highest = 2]
[ifidx = 1] [bsscfgidx = 2] [highest = 2] available = true
[ifidx = 2] [bsscfgidx = 2] [highest = 2] bsscfgidx = highest + 1
[ifidx = 3] [bsscfgidx = 3] [highest = 2] bsscfgidx = highest + 1
[ifidx = 4] [bsscfgidx = 3] [highest = 2] available = true
[ifidx = 5] [bsscfgidx = 3] [highest = 2] available = true
There were 2 obvious problems:
1) Having empty BSS at index 1 was resulting in available being always
set to true, even if we would run out of BSS-es.
2) Calculated bsscfgidx was invalid (3 instead of 4) resulting in driver
not being able to create the 4th AP interface.
New code is simpler, placed in file where it's really used, handles
running out of free BSS-es and allows using 4 interfaces at the same
time. It also looks for the first free BSS instead of one after the last
in use. It works well with current driver (which doesn't allow deleting
interfaces) and should be future proof (if we ever allow deleting).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This looks like a regression from commit c4cdf753ed ("ath10k: move
fw_features to struct ath10k_fw_file"), we were printing the features from a
wrong struct.
Fixes: c4cdf753ed ("ath10k: move fw_features to struct ath10k_fw_file")
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve commit log]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The QCA9887 stores its calibration data (board.bin) inside the EEPROM of
the target. This has to be downloaded manually to allow the device to
initialize correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: handle -EOPNOTSUPP and s/fetch_board_data/fetch_cal_eeprom]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the hardware name, revision, firmware names and update the pci_id
table.
QA9887 HW1.0 is supposed to be similar to QCA988X HW2.0 . Details about
he firmware interface are currently unknown.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: add a warning about experimental support]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
brcmfmac
* add fallback RSSI report for devices that do not report per-chain values
* fix a null pointer derefence regression on PCIe full dongle devices
rtlwifi
* fix scheduling while atomic regression from commit 49f86ec21c
MAINTAINERS
* add file patterns for wireless device tree bindings
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXUvUsAAoJEG4XJFUm622bdKAH/R2UKYx3t73llbqlpgkSCOxZ
wRMleoRZRF8DI9lT4QUxGCq5wxED0U2TtDJh7LJJ9I5sAY1n50w+e2TTZ5r6ftXo
1J79NvvrbVM8227shburpveyxzeQkLtI+DDkP07nMtF3VNxOrU9+z3TPM27QR1LM
0pq/yrKZ7Qnrf9gf4oTeH0dQKYmA4Om/HXjnMU4Sxi/vhKQBfcemjHacv37BTG/F
4PrFzC17O7wVFDeKKXXieK1Z9inpocZMG9OceHXxi9fwrT+RhMnJdrDarSi4b92W
m1yiRcS0389R/jEG3O2LRVNIJVnBHdQmEU8Bg8nup377sFxX/weWVYagaX4f2bE=
=AObt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-06-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.7
brcmfmac
* add fallback RSSI report for devices that do not report per-chain values
* fix a null pointer derefence regression on PCIe full dongle devices
rtlwifi
* fix scheduling while atomic regression from commit 49f86ec21c
MAINTAINERS
* add file patterns for wireless device tree bindings
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the current PHY operating mode (gmode) to see if we should
fall back from 6MB OFDM to 11MB CCK. For 5GHz operation this isn't
allowed.
Note, the fallback lookup is only done for RTS rates; normal fallback
rates are done via mac80211 and aren't affected by this change.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Chadd <adrian@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
brcmf_sdiod_intr_unregister call that removes both func1 and
func2 interrupt handlers only called when brcmf_ops_sdio_remove
is called for func 1 (which is the 2nd call) but sdio is expecting
it to be removed at the end of each sdio_remove call.
This is causing 'rmmod bcmrfmac' on a 4356-sdio chip to complain
with:
WARNING: driver brcmfmac did not remove its interrupt handler!
The modification makes calling brcmf_sdiod_intr_unregister multiple
times harmless by clearing the variables that track if interrupt
handlers have been installed, and then calls it on every
brcmf_ops_sdio_remove call instead of just remove for func 1.
Signed-off-by: Christian Daudt <csd@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When chip attach fails, brcmf_sdiod_intr_unregister is being called
but that is too early as sdiodev->settings has not been set yet
nor has brcmf_sdiod_intr_register been called.
Change to use oob_irq_requested + newly created sd_irq_requested
to decide on what to unregister at intr_unregister time.
Steps to reproduce problem:
- modprobe brcmfmac using buggy FW
- rmmod brcmfmac
- modprobe brcmfmac again.
If done with a buggy firmware, brcm_chip_attach will fail on the
2nd modprobe triggering the call to intr_unregister and the
kernel oops when attempting to de-reference sdiodev->settings->bus.sdio
which has not yet been set.
Signed-off-by: Christian Daudt <csd@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The previous text was confusing, leading readers to think this
driver was a duplicate, and so didn't need to be enabled.
After the removal of the older staging driver, this is the only
driver in mainline for these devices.
Signed-off-by: Lauri Kasanen <cand@gmx.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All the necessary patches to make wifi running (over AHB)
on ipq4019 SoC are ready now. It's good to enable
ipq4019 wifi device probing in ahb module and
remove work in progress debug print.
Device tree change is there in the public review by
below commit message
"qcom: ipq4019: add wifi nodes to ipq4019 SoC device tree"
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware has support to enable or disable btcoex functionality
without reloading firmware via wmi pdev param. Add provision to send
pdev param command via existing btcoex knob.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This feature flag will be used for firmware to support BT-Coex feature
without reloading firmware via WMI pdev param. To support Bluetooth
coexistence pdev param, WMI_COEX_GPIO_SUPPORT of extended resource
config should be enabled always. This firmware IE is used to configure
WMI_COEX_GPIO_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update module description to advertise all supported QCA 802.11ac devices.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Remove unused inline function phy_mode_to_band.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Earlier when operating irq mode is legacy, interrupts are disabled
and re-enabled based on num_msi_intrs. commit cfe9011a05 ("ath10k:
remove MSI range support") replaced num_msi_intrs by oper_irq_mode.
Since oper_irq_mode is not initialized for ahb devices (i.e qca4019),
device boot up is failed during probe.
Fixes: cfe9011a05 ("ath10k: remove MSI range support")
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix invalid argument error while writing 'simulate_fw_crash',
though the funcionality is working fine we get an error 'invalid
argument' because 'count' value is not returned properly
(no reason to reduce the count value for removing the newline)
Fixes the below write error:
/sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath10k# echo hw-restart >
simulate_fw_crash
-bash: echo: write error: Invalid argument
Also move the 'conf_mutex' as it is really not required for
fetching the userspace buffer.
Reported-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
diag_read uses dma_alloc_coherent to allocate memory requested by the
caller. If this memory requested is larger, more than DIAG_TRANSFER_LIMIT
(2K), then it is likely that we may not get the requested memory and we
would fail.
To solve this, request dma_alloc_coherent for only DIAG_TRANSFER_LIMIT, and
reuse this buffer multiple times as needed to copy the data requested in
smaller chunks of size not more than DIAG_TRANSFER_LIMIT. Previously we
were reading into the caller's only after getting the complete requested
data.
Fixes: 68c03249f3 ('ath10k: convert pci_alloc_consistent() to dma_alloc_coherent()')
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
A wmediumd that does not send this attribute causes a NULL pointer
dereference, as the attribute is accessed even if it does not exist.
The attribute was required but never checked ever since userspace frame
forwarding has been introduced. The issue gets more problematic once we
allow wmediumd registration from user namespaces.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7882513bac ("mac80211_hwsim driver support userspace frame tx/rx")
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While wiphys can be moved into network namespaces over nl80211, the
creation and removal of hwsim radios is currently limited to the initial
namespace. This patch allows management of namespaced radios from the
owning namespace by setting genetlink netnsok.
To prevent two arbitrary namespaces to communicate over the simulated
shared medium, radios are separated by netgroups. Each radio created in
the same namespace lives in the same netgroup and hence can communicate
with other radios in that group. When moving radios to other namespaces,
the netgroup is preserved, so two radios having the same netgroup can
communicate even if not in the same namespace; This allows a controlling
namespace to create radios and move them to other namespaces for
communication.
When a net namespace owning a radio exits, the radio is destroyed unless
it was created in the initial network namespace. This keeps the previous
behavior by returning them to the init namespace, but prevents unprivileged
users from creating radios in the initial namespace.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On TX99 mode, instead of assuming interrupt mask non ATH9K_INT_GLOBAL,
let ath9k_hw_disable_interrupts proper set interrupt ref count.
This prevents some PCI PERR occurring specialy when setting 11b and n rates.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@riverbed.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Change the implementation of wil log functions for consistency
with __wil_dbg_ratelimited.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Adding pm_notify to allow the following:
1. Check if suspend is allowed in an earlier stage to prevent
starting the suspend procedure in case it is not allowed
2. Notify the platform driver on the suspend request
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case we fail to map one of the TSO SKB fragments, we need to
clear all the mapped descriptors, from swhead to swhead+descs_used-1.
Change the desc index calculation to
i = (swhead + descs_used - 1) % vring->size;
to prevent unmpping of (swhead + descs_used) descriptor that wasn't
mapped.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
napi_synchronize is called before releasing the vring, with the
assumption that setting txdata->enabled to 0 will prevent handling
of this vring in the next scheduled napi.
To guarantee this assumption, a memory barrier is added after disabling
the txdata.
In addition, as the ctx is zeroed in wil_tx_complete after this
descriptor is handled (protected by wmb), ctx needs to be checked
before releasing this descriptor in wil_vring_free.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
add memory barrier after allocating new rx descriptors, before
updating the hwtail.
This will guarantee that all writes to descriptors (shared memory)
are done before committing them to HW.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are 2 possible race conditions, both are solved by addition of
memory barrier:
1. wil_tx_complete reads the swhead to determine if the vring is
empty. In case the swhead was updated before the descriptor update
was performed in __wil_tx_vring/__wil_tx_vring_tso, the completion
loop will not end and as the DU bit may still be set from a previous
run, this skb can be handled as completed before it was sent, which
will lead to double free of the same SKB.
2. __wil_tx_vring/__wil_tx_vring_tso calculate the number of available
descriptors according to the swtail. In case the swtail is updated
before memset of ctx to zero is completed, we can handle this
descriptor while later on ctx is zeroed.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
As there is current support for ar9002 tx99 mode, just allow
to init debugfs and enable tx99.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@riverbed.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Just some code cleanup to remove an empty if clause.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@riverbed.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Most users of IS_ERR_VALUE() in the kernel are wrong, as they
pass an 'int' into a function that takes an 'unsigned long'
argument. This happens to work because the type is sign-extended
on 64-bit architectures before it gets converted into an
unsigned type.
However, anything that passes an 'unsigned short' or 'unsigned int'
argument into IS_ERR_VALUE() is guaranteed to be broken, as are
8-bit integers and types that are wider than 'unsigned long'.
Andrzej Hajda has already fixed a lot of the worst abusers that
were causing actual bugs, but it would be nice to prevent any
users that are not passing 'unsigned long' arguments.
This patch changes all users of IS_ERR_VALUE() that I could find
on 32-bit ARM randconfig builds and x86 allmodconfig. For the
moment, this doesn't change the definition of IS_ERR_VALUE()
because there are probably still architecture specific users
elsewhere.
Almost all the warnings I got are for files that are better off
using 'if (err)' or 'if (err < 0)'.
The only legitimate user I could find that we get a warning for
is the (32-bit only) freescale fman driver, so I did not remove
the IS_ERR_VALUE() there but changed the type to 'unsigned long'.
For 9pfs, I just worked around one user whose calling conventions
are so obscure that I did not dare change the behavior.
I was using this definition for testing:
#define IS_ERR_VALUE(x) ((unsigned long*)NULL == (typeof (x)*)NULL && \
unlikely((unsigned long long)(x) >= (unsigned long long)(typeof(x))-MAX_ERRNO))
which ends up making all 16-bit or wider types work correctly with
the most plausible interpretation of what IS_ERR_VALUE() was supposed
to return according to its users, but also causes a compile-time
warning for any users that do not pass an 'unsigned long' argument.
I suggested this approach earlier this year, but back then we ended
up deciding to just fix the users that are obviously broken. After
the initial warning that caused me to get involved in the discussion
(fs/gfs2/dir.c) showed up again in the mainline kernel, Linus
asked me to send the whole thing again.
[ Updated the 9p parts as per Al Viro - Linus ]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/1/7/363
Link: https://lkml.org/lkml/2016/5/27/486
Acked-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org> # For nvmem part
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit 49f86ec21c ("rtlwifi: Change long delays to sleeps") was correct
for most cases; however, driver rtl8192ce calls the affected routines while
in atomic context. The kernel bug output is as follows:
BUG: scheduling while atomic: wpa_supplicant/627/0x00000002
[...]
[<ffffffff815c2b39>] __schedule+0x899/0xad0
[<ffffffff815c2dac>] schedule+0x3c/0x90
[<ffffffff815c5bb2>] schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0xa2/0x120
[<ffffffff810e8b80>] ? hrtimer_init+0x120/0x120
[<ffffffff815c5ba6>] ? schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0x96/0x120
[<ffffffff815c5c43>] schedule_hrtimeout_range+0x13/0x20
[<ffffffff815c568f>] usleep_range+0x4f/0x70
[<ffffffffa0667218>] rtl_rfreg_delay+0x38/0x50 [rtlwifi]
[<ffffffffa06dd0e7>] rtl92c_phy_config_rf_with_headerfile+0xc7/0xe0 [rtl8192ce]
To fix this bug, three of the changes from delay to sleep are reverted.
Unfortunately, one of the changes involves a delay of 50 msec. The calling
code will be modified so that this long delay can be avoided; however,
this change is being pushed now to fix the problem in kernel 4.6.0.
Fixes: 49f86ec21c ("rtlwifi: Change long delays to sleeps")
Reported-by: James Feeney <james@nurealm.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: James Feeney <james@nurealm.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.6+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If brcmf_cfg80211_get_station fails to determine the RSSI from the
per-chain values get the value individually as a fallback.
Fixes: 1f0dc59a6d ("brcmfmac: rework .get_station() callback")
Signed-off-by: Jaap Jan Meijer <jjmeijer88@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Legacy rate packets may not necessarily be having a rx status
flag of '0' always, for example management frame have flags
like RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR / RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END also set
Just check 'VHT' and 'HT' flags are not set , and simply clasify it as
legacy rate packets
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WARN_ON_ONCE when we receive packets for self peer when mac80211
had not assigned a proper channel context. This scenario happens
in QCA4019 when we start the AP via hostapd in background and start
it once again in the background without killing the previous instance!
This happens intermittently when we start / stop hostapd in a while loop
(incase the hostapd is not properly killed). This results in mac80211
chancontext to be unassigned, while the self peer continuous receive
packets in target operating channel. This results in lot of call traces
in the rx path. Make this as a WARN_ON_ONCE to avoid flooding the console
which result in rebooting low memory systems, while still reporting the
warning once that we are receiving packets in target operating channel and
to indicate that something is happening which is not the expected result.
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at ath/ath10k/htt_rx.c:803
[<c0318838>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<bf4a0104>]
(ath10k_htt_rx_h_channel+0xe0/0x1b8 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4a0104>] (ath10k_htt_rx_h_channel [ath10k_core]) from
[<bf4a025c>] (ath10k_htt_rx_h_ppdu+0x80/0x288 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4a025c>] (ath10k_htt_rx_h_ppdu [ath10k_core]) from
[<bf4a1a9c>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x724/0x9d4 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4a1a9c>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task [ath10k_core])
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recent changes revolving around implementing
wake_tx_queue support introduced a significant
performance regressions on some (slower, uni-proc)
systems.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA9984 shares the same configuration with QCA99X0.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA9984 Rx descriptor has two 32-bit words of location information
when compared to one 32-bit word in QCA99X0. To handle this difference in
rx descriptor ppdu_end, define a new ppdu_end for QCA9984 descriptor
which has the new structure to represent rx_location_info.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Store pci chip secific reset funtions in struct ath10k_pci
as callbacks during early ath10k_pci_probe() and use the
callback to perform chip specific resets. This patch essentially
adds two callback in ath10k_pci, one for doing soft reset and
the other for hard reset. By using callbacks we can get rid of
those hw revision checks in ath10k_pci_safe_chip_reset() and
ath10k_pci_chip_reset(). As such this patch does not fix
any issue.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Define rx_location_info in struct rx_ppdu_end_qca99x0 after
rx_pkt_end. This is to prepare rx_ppdu_end for QCA9984 chip.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Here's the "big" driver core update for 4.7-rc1.
Mostly just debugfs changes, the long-known and messy races with removing
debugfs files should be fixed thanks to the great work of Nicolai Stange. We
also have some isa updates in here (the x86 maintainers told me to take it
through this tree), a new warning when we run out of dynamic char major
numbers, and a few other assorted changes, details in the shortlog.
All have been in linux-next for some time with no reported issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlc/0mwACgkQMUfUDdst+ynjXACgjNxR5nMUiM8ZuuD0i4Xj7VXd
hnIAoM08+XDCv41noGdAcKv+2WZVZWMC
=i+0H
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-4.7-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core updates from Greg KH:
"Here's the "big" driver core update for 4.7-rc1.
Mostly just debugfs changes, the long-known and messy races with
removing debugfs files should be fixed thanks to the great work of
Nicolai Stange. We also have some isa updates in here (the x86
maintainers told me to take it through this tree), a new warning when
we run out of dynamic char major numbers, and a few other assorted
changes, details in the shortlog.
All have been in linux-next for some time with no reported issues"
* tag 'driver-core-4.7-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (32 commits)
Revert "base: dd: don't remove driver_data in -EPROBE_DEFER case"
gpio: ws16c48: Utilize the ISA bus driver
gpio: 104-idio-16: Utilize the ISA bus driver
gpio: 104-idi-48: Utilize the ISA bus driver
gpio: 104-dio-48e: Utilize the ISA bus driver
watchdog: ebc-c384_wdt: Utilize the ISA bus driver
iio: stx104: Utilize the module_isa_driver and max_num_isa_dev macros
iio: stx104: Add X86 dependency to STX104 Kconfig option
Documentation: Add ISA bus driver documentation
isa: Implement the max_num_isa_dev macro
isa: Implement the module_isa_driver macro
pnp: pnpbios: Add explicit X86_32 dependency to PNPBIOS
isa: Decouple X86_32 dependency from the ISA Kconfig option
driver-core: use 'dev' argument in dev_dbg_ratelimited stub
base: dd: don't remove driver_data in -EPROBE_DEFER case
kernfs: Move faulting copy_user operations outside of the mutex
devcoredump: add scatterlist support
debugfs: unproxify files created through debugfs_create_u32_array()
debugfs: unproxify files created through debugfs_create_blob()
debugfs: unproxify files created through debugfs_create_bool()
...
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* remove IWLWIFI_DEBUG_EXPERIMENTAL_UCODE kconfig option
* work for RX multiqueue continues
* dynamic queue allocation work continues
* add Luca as maintainer
* a bunch of fixes and improvements all over
brcmfmac
* add 4356 sdio support
ath6kl
* add ability to set debug uart baud rate with a module parameter
wil6210
* add debugfs file to configure firmware led functionality
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXNbEBAAoJEG4XJFUm622bKfAH/2CnQV7dBCT5QwEiKYoOdsCR
eTiH7OYjTPw/rjKaG3laFgFbecnfUnHoGt55WKqRY58JycLza+SPTTv57hFTnOl+
4kDhUEjUggxMs5BRb3H7wtcnQVs/pTkgqKqwUrmFNkG6idENQgorK6DG4SNCwIdf
JrmxiHcN73xSATxlduoA9bGpluW3OvnFfRrJfyT6UBWZaFqFe3qsoKDx08S2WU2z
kUI9ZUO9Ht7Q85QdLfPQI7xo54dXo9a+8v3yc7fNFbcu1s8cqeYuofXfypjK7H/B
DEY96mubDnmDt8YE8yR9wStVzTr5zf39urE3o+/xSKSKhQxmNo8+x2TBSm5nFSQ=
=0HKi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-05-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.7
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* remove IWLWIFI_DEBUG_EXPERIMENTAL_UCODE kconfig option
* work for RX multiqueue continues
* dynamic queue allocation work continues
* add Luca as maintainer
* a bunch of fixes and improvements all over
brcmfmac
* add 4356 sdio support
ath6kl
* add ability to set debug uart baud rate with a module parameter
wil6210
* add debugfs file to configure firmware led functionality
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My laptop that uses the intel 7680 iwlwifi module would no longer
connects to the network. It would fail with a "Microcode SW error
detected." and spew out register state over and over again without ever
connecting to the network.
The cause is mis-merge in commit 909b27f706, where David seems to have
lost some of the changes to iwl_mvm_set_tx_cmd() from commit
5c08b0f502 ("iwlwifi: mvm: don't override the rate with the AMSDU
len").
The reason seems to be a conflict with commit d8fe484470 ("iwlwifi:
mvm: add support for new TX CMD API"), which touched a line adjacent to
the changes in 909b27f706.
David missed the fact that "info->driver_data[0]" had become
"skb_info->driver_data[0]". Then he removed the skb_info because it was
unused.
This just re-updates iwl_mvm_set_tx_cmd() with the lost two lines.
Reported-and-tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Reported-by: Reinoud Koornstra <reinoudkoornstra@gmail.com>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The nf_conntrack_core.c fix in 'net' is not relevant in 'net-next'
because we no longer have a per-netns conntrack hash.
The ip_gre.c conflict as well as the iwlwifi ones were cases of
overlapping changes.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath.git patches for 4.7. Major changes:
ath6kl
* add ability to set debug uart baud rate with a module parameter
wil6210
* add debugfs file to configure firmware led functionality
In QCA4019, cycle counter wraparound in same fashion
as QCA988X. When the cycle counter wraparound it
resets to 0x7fffffff. Set has_shifted_cc_wraparound to
true for QCA4019 to enable the code path to handle cycle
counter wraparound for consistent survey report.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In 10.4, fw sends WMI PEER_RATECODE_LIST_EVENTID after successful
peer_assoc cmd. As of now this event is not of much use and not
implemented. Change the debug level and messsage as appropriate
to suppress "Unknown eventid: 36898".
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the ability to configure the device led to be used for notifying
the AP activity (60G device supports leds 0-2).
The host can also configure the blinking frequency of the led in
three states.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Smatch complains that we cap the upper bound of "fwrq->m" but not the
lower bound. I don't know if it can actually happen but it's simple
enough to check for negatives.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I'm not sure if this can underflow but Smatch complains. It seems
harmless to add a check for negatives.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use dev_err instead of pr_err and add newline character at the end.
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl_lps_enter does two successive check for cnt_after_linked
to make sure some time has elapsed after linked. The second
check isn't necessary, because if cnt_after_linked is bigger
than 5, it is bigger than 2 of course!
This patch remove the second check code.
Signed-off-by: Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
What about if "rtlphy->pwrgroup_cnt" is 2? In that case we would use an
uninitialized "chnlgroup" variable and probably crash. Maybe that can't
happen for some reason which is not obvious but in that case this patch
is harmless.
Setting it to zero seems like a standard default in the surrounding code
so it's probably fine here as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This header file is only needed for drivers binding to a PCI bridge
device allocated by drivers/pci/pcie/portdrv_core.c. The mwifiex driver
doesn't do that nor use any symbols defined in pcieport_if.h.
Cc: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In commit a269913c52 ("rtlwifi: Rework rtl_lps_leave() and
rtl_lps_enter() to use work queue"), the tests for enter/exit
power-save mode were inverted. With this change applied, the
wifi connection becomes much more stable.
Fixes: a269913c52 ("rtlwifi: Rework rtl_lps_leave() and rtl_lps_enter() to use work queue")
Signed-off-by: Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>
CC: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.10+]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The rtl_intf_ops structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The commit fb724ed5c6 ("wlcore: Fix regression in
wlcore_set_partition()") fixed wl12xx functionality.
However, it reverted the support in fw logger
over sdio in wl18xx.
This patch reverts the changes made and also fixes
the original functionality issue introduced in wl12xx.
Fixes: fb724ed5c6 ("wlcore: Fix regression in wlcore_set_partition()")
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* dynamic queue allocation work continues (Liad);
* add Luca as maintainer;
* a bunch of fixes and improvements all over;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=m30M
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-05-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* work for RX multiqueue continues (Sara);
* dynamic queue allocation work continues (Liad);
* add Luca as maintainer;
* a bunch of fixes and improvements all over;
Small change to make it clear that the default value is false.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When initializing RX we grab NIC access for every read and
write. This is redundant - we can just grab access once.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The RX queues have a shadow register for the write pointer
that enables updates without grabbing NIC access. Use them
instead of the periphery registers because accessing those
is much more expensive.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In non-shared queues, DQA requires re-configuring existing
queues to become aggregated rather than allocating a new
one. It also requires "un-aggregating" an existing queue
when aggregations are turned off.
Support this requirement for non-shared queues.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since msleep is based on jiffies, it can sleep for a long time.
Use usleep_range() instead to shorten the maximum time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Newer hardware generations will take longer to be accessible again
after reset, so we need to wait longer before continuing any flow
that did a reset.
Rather than make the wait time configurable, simply extend it for
all.
Since all of these code paths can sleep, use usleep_range() rather
than mdelay().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Devices supporting VHT 160MHz width are supporting also Short GI.
Turn on this capability in vht cap.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since we have a lot of configuration structs (almost 70) saving
some memory in each one of them leads to an overall saving of
~2.6KiB of memory.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The commit below added code to dump the content of FIFOs
that are present only on dual CPU products (8000 and up).
This broke 7265D whose firmware does advertise
IWL_UCODE_TLV_CAPA_EXTEND_SHARED_MEM_CFG but doesn't have 2
CPUs. The current code does check the length of the FIFO
before dumping them (and the nonexistent FIFO has a 0
length), but we still accessed a register to set the FIFO
number and that made the DMA unhappy.
The impact was a much longer recovery upon firmware assert.
Fixes: 5b08641429 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support dumping UMAC internal txfifos")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This Kconfig option allows to load a firmware for
debugging with a different name. This mechanism has not
been used for a few years now and replacing the firmware
file works as well.
Kill this Kconfig option and all the code that goes with it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Getting the mvm station out of station id requires dereferencing
the station id to get ieee80211_sta, then checking for pointer
validity and only then extract mvm station out.
Given that there are helpers to do it - use them instead of
duplicating the code whenever we need only mvm station.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
iwl_phy_db_set_section() is get called only from atomic
context, the alloc_ctx parameter is not needed. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Driver is agnostic to the number of the phy_db entries and
only serves the firmware as a pipe to move the data from init
image to RT image.
As the size of the arrays may change (as it does in 9000 device)
allocate it dynamically. Firmware sends the largest index first
so we can use this to know how much we should allocate.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Our device supports only 160 GHz and not 80+80. Fix
VHT flag accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Up till now, the reorder buffer uses standard spec based comparison
when comparing the buffer status to NSSN. This indeed works for the
regular case, since we shouldn't cross the 2048 boundary without
getting a frame release notification.
However, this is problematic due to packet filtering that may be
performed by the FW while we are in d0i3. Theoretically we may
filter over 2048 packets, and then the check of the NSSN will get
incorrect.
Change the comparison to always trust nssn unless it is 64 or less
frames behind the head - which might happen due to a timeout.
This new comparison is to be used only when comparing reorder buffer
head with nssn, and not when comparing the packet SN to nssn or
reorder buffer head.
Put this in a separate commit as the logic is a bit tricky and
stands for its own commit message.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
CSR registers are always available even when the NIC is not awake, no
need to wake up the NIC before accessing them. This has a huge impact
when we re-enable an interrupt at the end of the ISR since waking up the
NIC can take some time.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Previous patch had changed firmware name convention for
new generation product. The firmware name is now longer
than the former convention. Adapt max firmware name length
to the new convention.
Fixes: e1ba684f76 ("iwlwifi: 8000: fix MODULE_FIRMWARE input")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently code allows mvm reference to become negative and
only warns in case mvm reference is released while reference
counting is 0.
However, we better prevent this from happening at all since
iwl_mvm_unref() may race against iwl_mvm_unref_all_except()
which is called on restart.
As a result we might get the same reference unreferenced twice
ending with a negative value:
An example for an easily reproduced log:
[ 2689.909166] iwl_mvm_ref Take mvm reference - type 8
[ 2690.732716] iwl_mvm_unref_all_except Cleanup: remove mvm ref type 8 (1)
[ 2690.849708] iwl_mvm_unref Leave mvm reference - type 8
[ 2690.849721] WARNING: ... iwl_mvm_unref+0xb0/0xc0 [iwlmvm]()
If there will be yet another another restart iwl_mvm_unref_all_except
will run from 0 up to ref count, and since it is unsigned, we will throw
the transport ref count completely out of balance:
iwl_mvm_unref_all_except[I] -- Cleanup: remove mvm ref type 8 (255)
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: 0
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -1
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -2
...
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -253
iwl_trans_slv_unref[I] -- rpm counter: -254
As there is no valid scenario where we can get to a negative
reference count - prevent it from happening.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add UREG, RXFC, RFH, WMAL and RL2P registers to the prph dump
upon error. These regesiters could help to debug MSI-X and other
issues.
These register should be dumped only when multi-queue rx is supported
so separate the prph ranges static array to two different arrays,
and enable dumping different prph ranges according to run-time
decision.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a data packet is received, we need to make sure that we stay
awake until it can be processed and wait a while before trying to
enter runtime_suspend os system_suspend again. To do so, add a new
reference type for RX data and take the reference when sending the
packet to mac80211. We only do this for data packets, all the other
RX packets sent by the firmware (e.g. notifications) are not a reason
to prevent suspend.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When we've already looked up the transmitter station, we can just
pass it to mac80211 using the new ieee80211_rx_napi(). This saves
the overhead of looking it up in mac80211 again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Devices belonging to 9000 family can support VHT 160MHz channel
width, so need to consider it when configuring VHT capabilities.
However, NVM file doesn't have a single bit specifying that 160MHz
is supported. This patch turns on 160MHz support in VHT capabilities
in case there's at least one channel supporting 160MHz.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently there is one to one function between device id to it's ucode.
The new generation devices allows to combine different phy and mac images.
Now we have two different ucode images with the same device id.
Read RF ID to identify phy image and overwrite it if needed.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If a host command was queued while in runtime suspend, it would go out
before the D0I3_END_CMD was sent. Sometimes it works, but sometimes
it fails, and it is obviously the wrong thing to do.
To fix this, have the opmode take a reference before sending a SYNC
command and make the pcie trans wait for the runtime state to become
active before actually queueing the command.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There is a debugfs knob to configure the maximal length
of the A-MSDU. If this value is not 0 (which is the
default), allow Tx A-MSDU even if the rate control
disallows it.
While at it, add "unlikely" to the if that limits the
length of the A-MSDU based on the debugfs hook.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Rename 9560 to 9260.
Add new PCI ID for 9260 and change some entries from 5165 to 9260.
Also order the 9000 series.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a constant to allow disabling checksum. This will enable easier
debugging in early phases.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In order for mac80211 to use per-CPU statistics for RSS RX, the
driver needs to advertise that it uses RSS. Do this when using
more than a single queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
It's cleaner to always call the iwl_trans_ref/unref() functions
instead of sometimes calling the trans-specific ops directly. This
also prepares for moving some of the code from the trans-specific ops
to the common trans code.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
To indicate to the FW that a queue has been removed, an
existing flag in the ADD_STA HCMD (that hasn't been in use)
has been changed to indicate that a queue is being removed
from a STA.
Update this in the driver code.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The firmware will send frame release notification in order
to release "stuck" frames on a queue where no more frames
arrive on.
Upon receiving the message the driver shall indicate the frames
up to the NSSN.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a timer in order to release expired frames from the
reorder buffer.
This is needed since some APs do not retransmit frames
to fill in the reorder holes and in TCP it results with
a complete stall of traffic.
This has a few side effects on the general design:
The nssn may not reflect the the head of the reorder buffer.
This situation is valid, and packets with SN lower than the
reorder buffer head will be dropped.
Another side effect is that since the reorder timer might expire
we need to lock the reorder buffer.
This however is fine since the locking is only inside a
single reorder buffer between RX path and reorder timeout and
there is no outside contention.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Next hardware will direct packets to core based on the TCP/UDP
streams.
This logic can create holes in reorder buffer since packets that
belong to other stream were directed to a different core.
However, those are valid holes and the packets can be indicated
in L3 order.
The hardware will utilize a mechanism of informing the driver of
the normalized ssn and the driver shall release all packets that
SN is lower than the nssn.
This enables managing the reorder across the queues without sharing
any data between them.
The reorder buffer is allocated and released directly in the RX path
in order to avoid various races between control path and rx path.
The code utilizes the internal messaging to notify rx queues of when
to delete the reorder buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add the firmware API name to the struct iwl_wowlan_gtk_status.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
According to the spec when a BA session is started there
is a timeout set for the session in the ADDBA request.
If there is not activity on the TA/TID then the session
expires and a DELBA is sent.
In order to check for the timeout, data must be shared
among the rx queues.
Add a timer that runs as long as BA session is active
for the station and stops aggregation session if needed.
This patch also lays the infrastructure for the reordering
buffer which will be enabled in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Currently the sync notification is a type of notification. However, it
is better fitted as an attribute of a notification, since there might
be another message in the payload (delba for instance) that should be
sent while control path is waiting for all queues to process.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
mac80211 will call the driver whenever there is a race between
RSS queues and control path that requires a processing of all
pending frames in RSS queues.
Implement that by utilizing the internal notification mechanism:
queue a message to all queues. When the message is received on
a queue it decrements the atomic counter. This guarantees that
all pending frames in the RX queue were processed since the message
is in order inside the queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Sometimes current polling count is not sufficient.
This patch increases it to 100.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support sending P2P device frames should be sent from
queue #2, as required in DQA mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since commit cd6cfd7311
"ath9k: do not set half/quarter channel flags in AR_PHY_MODE" the
condition "rfMode & (AR_PHY_MODE_QUARTER | AR_PHY_MODE_HALF)" would
never evaluate to true.
Fix this by using the available IS_CHAN_HALF_RATE and IS_CHAN_QUARTER_RATE
marcros instead.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to keep the same for loop twice in the code.
Move the txpower cap before the loop to reduce code complexity.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since ATH9K_TX99 depends on ATH9K_DEBUGFS anyway move it there
such that "make menuconfig" will indent TX99 support below ath9k
debugging.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The same functionality as ar9003_hw_tx_power_regwrite is hardcoded in
ar9003_hw_tx99_set_txpower. Just reuse the existing ar9003_hw_tx_power_regwrite
for TX99 setup too.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During hw scan, firmware sends two channel information events (pre-
complete, complete) to host for each channel change. The snap shot of cycle
counters (rx_clear and total) between these two events are given for
survey dump. In order to get latest survey statistics of all channels, a
scan request has to be issued. In general, an AP DUT is brought up, it
won't leave BSS channel except few cases like overlapping bss or radar
detection. So survey statistics of bss channel is always referring to
older data that are collected before starting AP (either ACS/OBSS scan).
To collect latest survey information from target, firmware provides WMI
interface to read cycle counters from hardware. For each survey dump
request, BSS channel cycle counters are read and cleared in hardware.
This makes sure that behavior is in align with ath9k survey report.
So survey dump always gives snap shot of cycle counters b/w two survey
requests.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add handler to process bss channel information wmi event that
will be received upon sending pdev_chan_info_request wmi command.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI ops to send pdev_bss_chan_info_request command to target.
This command will be used to retrieve updated cycle counters and noise
floor value of current operating channel (bss channel).
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI definitions for pdev bss channel information request and
event.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is observed that while loading and unloading ath10k modules
in an infinite loop, before ath10k_core_start() completion HTT
rx frames are received, while processing these frames,
dereferencing the arvifs list code is getting hit before
initilizing the arvifs list, causing a kernel panic.
This patch initilizes the arvifs list before initilizing htt.
Fixes the below issue:
[<bf88b058>] (ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x278/0xd08 [ath10k_core])
[<bf88b058>] (ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler [ath10k_core])
[<bf88c0dc>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x5f4/0xeb0 [ath10k_core])
[<bf88c0dc>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task [ath10k_core])
[<c0234100>] (tasklet_action+0x8c/0xec)
[<c0234100>] (tasklet_action)
[<c02337c0>] (__do_softirq+0xf8/0x228)
[<c02337c0>] (__do_softirq) [<c0233920>] (run_ksoftirqd+0x30/0x90)
Code: e5954ad8 e2899008 e1540009 0a00000d (e5943008)
---[ end trace 71de5c2e011dbf56 ]---
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Spectral related structures are accessed / modified only if ath10k
debugfs is enabled, so it makes more sense to move them under
ATH10K_DEBUGFS
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
According to the spec, VHT doesn't exist in 2.4GHz.
There are vendor extensions to allow a subset of VHT to work
(notably 256-QAM), but since mac80211 doesn't support those
advertising VHT capability on 2.4GHz leads to the behaviour
of reporting VHT capabilities but not being able to use any
of them due to mac80211's code requiring 80 MHz support.
Remove the VHT capabilities from 2.4GHz for now. If mac80211
gets extended to use the (likely Broadcom) vendor IEs for it
and handles the lack of 80 MHz support, it can be added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The TSO code creates A-MSDUs from a single large send. Each
A-MSDU is an skb and skb->len doesn't include the number of
bytes which need to be added for the headers being added
(subframe header, TCP header, IP header, SNAP, padding).
To be able to set the right value in the Tx command, we
put the number of bytes added by those headers in
driver_data in iwl_mvm_tx_tso and use this value in
iwl_mvm_set_tx_cmd.
The problem by setting this value in driver_data is that
it overrides the ieee80211_tx_info. The bug manifested
itself when we send P2P related frames in CCK since the
rate in ieee80211_tx_info is zero-ed. This of course is
a violation of the P2P specification.
To fix this, copy the original ieee80211_tx_info to the
stack and pass it to the functions which need it.
Assign the number of bytes added by the headers to the
driver_data inside the skb itself.
Fixes: a6d5e32f24 ("iwlwifi: mvm: send large SKBs to the transport")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With two different h2c_cmd() functions, mbox_ext_reg and
mbox_ext_width are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename it to rtl8xxxu_gen2_prepare_calibrate() and remove the calls to
it from rtl8xxxu_gen1_phy_iq_calibrate()
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The H2C API is completely different between gen1 and gen2 parts, so
there is little point trying to treat this as a generic function. All
calls to *_h2c_cmd() will always come from a gen1 or a gen2 specific
function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is generic to most of the chips, so change the name to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is generic for most (if not all) gen1 parts, so rename
it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is nothing 8723au specific about this function, so rename it to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the code for rtl8188c, rtl8188r, and rtl8192c into it's own
file. This is purely a code moving exercise, there is no change to the
code itself.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the rtl8723a code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no code changes.
This device specific file is a lot smaller since the gen1 chips
(8723a, 8188c, 8188r, 8192c) share a lot more common code than the
gen2 chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the rtl8723b code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no functional changes. This did expose
rtl723a_h2c_cmd() as a function that should be refactored into a gen1
and a gen2 version.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the rtl8192e code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no code changes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This renames the core file to rtl8xxxu_core.c in order to allow us to
keep the module nake rtl8xxxu.ko when refactoring the code into
multiple files.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl818x_ioread8_idx: 151 bytes, 29 calls
rtl818x_ioread16_idx: 151 bytes, 11 calls
rtl818x_ioread32_idx: 151 bytes, 5 calls
rtl818x_iowrite8_idx: 157 bytes, 117 calls
rtl818x_iowrite16_idx: 158 bytes, 74 calls
rtl818x_iowrite32_idx: 157 bytes, 22 calls
Each of these functions has a pair of mutex lock/unlock ops,
both of these ops perform atomic updates of memory (on x86, it boils down to
"lock cmpxchg %reg,mem" insn), which are 4-8 times more expensive than call+return.
text data bss dec hex filename
95894242 20860288 35991552 152746082 91ab862 vmlinux_before
95872674 20860320 35991552 152724546 91a6442 vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
CC: Chaoming Li <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Major changes:
brcmfmac
* add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature
mwifiex
* add platform specific wakeup interrupt support
ath10k
* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
ath9k
* add module parameter to invert LED polarity
wcn36xx
* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXJztPAAoJEG4XJFUm622beSAIAKIw8zGcs7DWd/AGd9z8D7L5
DeO6fxhiu/05AU3d1jM7Rp/Z5hZ42s41PDjRN1lkZJaF4Squa7XOxuB35JlPd+o8
2S21lvaM6ABraSEcDdYL++rglXFL65gIesv/W4TuxqdJCmi9fL7ie7ccplQH17bi
KyY3ePihHZPOR8aXMRbdEzTEjjPFaO/LlAghHPw5WKmVy7FkFKSyFR8muFEPnKEl
DSBWmG6GqRQaHUuVl1QOmoEEqiv7h85D+YqwKiy/xEM4Yw5Rmt5n5pj02KA0i4y5
IRZs59I/8zdAgDgBd+liVeBw9Gp2xAV5R8afOTdzViBDrqCbDCwNq6OPG1GmkLw=
=lyGT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-05-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.7
Major changes:
brcmfmac
* add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature
mwifiex
* add platform specific wakeup interrupt support
ath10k
* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
ath9k
* add module parameter to invert LED polarity
wcn36xx
* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's been observed that sometimes AP's probe response is
received after scan duration gets completed for the channel.
This happens especially when wildcard scan is performed
along with specific SSID scan.
We will increase the time from 30 msecs to 40 msecs.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As 2.4Ghz channels are overlapping, sometimes AP responds to
probe request even if it's operating on neighbouring channel.
Currently firmware drops those scan entries, as current channel
doesn't match with APs channel.
This patch enables MWIFIEX_DISABLE_CHAN_FILT flag in scan
command to disable the feature so that better scan results
will be received in 2.4Ghz band.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In cfg80211 resume handler, we query wakeup reason from firmware and
report to cfg80211. if wowlan is disabled, connection is already
terminated during suspend. We don't need to query wakeup reason in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that wakeup on GTK rekey failure wasn't reported
to cfg80211. This patch corrects the check so that all valid wakeup
reasons are reported.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
tx_packets counter is incremented for aggregated packets, when it had
already been incremented for the aggregated packet's constituent
parts. Removing the extra count.
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a packet is queued from the bridge, wmm_tx_pending is not
incremented, but when the packet is dequeued the counter is decremented.
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After booting the wireless subsystem and uploading the NV blob to the
WCNSS_CTRL service the remote continues to do things and will not start
servicing wlan-requests for another 2-5 seconds (measured).
The downstream code does not have any special handling for this case,
but has a timeout of 10 seconds for the communication layer. By
extending the wcn36xx timeout to match this we follows the same flow for
the boot procedure and can successfully configure WiFi as wlan0 is
registered.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In idle times 60G device can enter deep sleep and turn off
its XTAL clock.
Host access triggers the device power-up flow which will hold
the AHB during XTAL stabilization until device switches from
slow-clock to XTAL clock.
This behavior can stall the PCIe bus for some arbitrary period
of time.
In order to prevent this stall, host can vote for High Latency
Access Policy (HALP) before reading from PCIe bus.
This vote will wakeup the device from deep sleep and prevent
deep sleep until unvote is done.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
RX_HTRSH interrupt sometimes triggered during device reset
procedure.
To prevent handling this interrupt when not required, unmask
this interrupt only if we are connected and mask it when
disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Network stack can try to transmit data while AP / STA is
disconnected.
Change this print-out to debug level as this should not be
handled as error.
This patch also adds wil_dbg_ratelimited, used to limit the
above print-out.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using interrupt moderation RX_HTRSH interrupt can occur
frequently during high throughput and should not be considered
as error.
Such print-outs can degrade the performance hence should be printed
in debug print level.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P search can only run on the social channel (channel 2).
When issuing a scan request on the P2P_DEVICE interface,
driver ignored the channels argument and always performed a P2P
search.
Fix this by checking the channels argument, if it is
not specified (meaning full scan) or if a non-social channel
was specified, perform a regular scan and not a P2P search.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add __func__ to wil_err and wil_info for easier
debugging.
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's useful to permit the customization of the debug uart baud rate. Enable
this and send down the value to the chip if we're enabling debug.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For some reason, the 6004 HW 3.0 definition was missing the value for the
uarttx_pin (used for firmware debug). This corrects this situation.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
fix a typo (spelling mistake) in 'ath10k_start'
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA6174 WLAN.RM.2.0 firmware uses max_tx_power instead of using max_reg_power
to set transmission power. The tx power was about -50dbm, after applying this
change, it become -32dbm.
Signed-off-by: Alan Liu <alanliu@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath.git patches for 4.7. Major changes:
ath10k
* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
ath9k
* add module parameter to invert LED polarity
wcn36xx
* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
In commit 97f95c93c8 ("iwlwifi: remove support for fw older than
-16.ucode") we accidentally changed the fw version reading code for
DVM devices. The code intended to remove the old fw version API,
because all MVM firmwares version 16 and above that we support don't
use it anymore. But DVM devices still use the old FW API.
Fix that by bringing the code back in.
Reported-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes: 97f95c93c8 ("iwlwifi: remove support for fw older than-16.ucode")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If rt2800usb is loaded with nohwcrypt=1, mac80211 takes
care of the crypto with software encryption/decryption
and thus, MFP can be used.
Tested for secured mesh using ath9k_htc and ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch complains about this code:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/core.c:335 brcmf_rx_hdrpull()
error: we previously assumed '*ifp' could be null (see line 333)
The problem is that we recently changed these from "ifp" to "*ifp" but
there was one that we didn't update.
- if (ret || !ifp || !ifp->ndev) {
+ if (ret || !(*ifp) || !(*ifp)->ndev) {
if (ret != -ENODATA && ifp)
^^^
- ifp->stats.rx_errors++;
+ (*ifp)->stats.rx_errors++;
I have updated it to *ifp as well. We always call this function is a
non-NULL "ifp" pointer, btw.
Fixes: c462ebcdfe ('brcmfmac: create common function for handling brcmf_proto_hdrpull()')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
USB8XXX_FW_MAX_RETRY is 3. We were using a post-op loop
"while (retries--) {" but then the lines after that assume the loop
exits with retries set to zero.
I've fixed this by changing to a pre-op loop. I started with retries
set to 4 instead of 3 so that we still go through the loop the same
number of times.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We accidentally return success instead of -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is nothing 8723au specific about rtl8723au_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg so
rename the array to rtl8xxxu_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This renames rtl8723bu_simularity_compare() to
rtl8xxxu_gen2_simularity_compare() to reflect it is used for all gen2
parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This renames rtl8723b_channel_to_group() to
rtl8xxxu_gen2_channel_to_group() to reflect it is used by all
currently supported gen2 parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same mac_init_table, so
rename it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All gen1 parts use the same enable_rf() function, so rename it to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All gen1 parts use the same interface for setting TX power, so rename
the function to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All gen1 parts use the same init_phy_bb() function, so rename it to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All supported gen1 parts use the same phy_iq_calibrate() function
(unlike their gen2 counterparts). Rename the function to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same function for updating
the rate mask, so rename it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All supported gen1 parts use the same config_channel() function, so
rename it to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same disable_rf() routine,
so rename the function to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
At least for now, all gen2 parts use the same disable_rf() function
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename the function to indicate it is applicable to most/all gen2
parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename the function to reflect it is for all/most gen1 parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the name reflect this is for most/all gen2 parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Update the name of rtl8723bu_update_rate_mask() to make it reflect
it's applicable for all/most gen2 N parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Transmit data path should not touch background scan. We will stop
background scan when net device is closed.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some arm-based platforms, we need to configure platform specific
parameters by device tree node and also define our node as a child
node of parent SDIO host controller.
This patch parses these parameters from device tree. It includes
calibration data dowoload to firmware, wakeup pin configured to firmware,
and soc specific wake up gpio, which will be set as wakeup interrupt pin.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In fwsignal.c: brcmf_fws_commit_skb()
...
if (rc < 0) {
entry->transit_count--;
if (entry->suppressed)
entry->suppr_transit_count--;
(void)brcmf_proto_hdrpull(fws->drvr, false, skb, NULL);
^^^^^^^
goto rollback;
}
...
The call to hdrpull will trigger a null pointer exception
unless a null check is made in the method implementation.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <per.forlin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Announce support for nl80211 feature BSS_SELECT and process
BSS selection behaviour provided in .connect() callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The for-loop condition does not work correctly on architectures where
"char" is unsigned. Fix it by using an "int", which may also result in
more efficient code.
Signed-off-by: David Müller <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
'struct timeval' uses a 32-bit seconds field which will overflow in
year 2038 and beyond. This patch is part of a larger effort to remove
all instances of 'struct timeval' from the kernel and replace them
with 64-bit timekeeping variables.
The patch also fixes the debug printf specifier to avoid the
seconds value being truncated.
The patch was build-tested / debugged by removing the
"if VERBOSE > SHOW_ERROR_MESSAGES" guards.
Signed-off-by: Tina Ruchandani <ruchandani.tina@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When dev_alloc_skb or pci_dma_mapping_error in rtl8180_init_rx_ring fails,
the memory allocated by pci_zalloc_consistent is not freed.
This patch fixes the bug by adding pci_free_consistent
in error handling code.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fill in the capability list with more values from the downstream driver.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The WCN36XX_HAL_RMV_BSSKEY_RSP carries a single u32 with "status", so we
can use the standard status check function for decoding the result.
This is the last user of the v2 status checker, so remove the struct and
helper function.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When disabling the beacon we must delete the bss before idling the link.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
EXIT_BMPS_REQ was using the command struct for ENTER_BMPS_REQ. I
spotted this when looking at command dumps.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pass the multicast list to FW.
This patch also adds a way to build the smd command in place. This is
needed because the MC list command is too big for the stack.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[bjorn: dropped FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS usage]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Knowing the association state is needed for mc filtering.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a problem connecting to an open network after being
connected to an encrypted network.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When converting to version 1 of the config_sta struct not all
members where copied. This fixes the problem of multicast frames
not being delivered on an encrypted network.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This message does not follow the canonical format and needs it's own
parser.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This does not work with multiple sta's in a vif.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For consistency with other code.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
While poking at this I also change two related things. I rename one
variable to make the names consistent. I also move one assignment of
priv_sta to the declaration to save a few lines.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some code used priv_vif and some used vif_priv. Convert all to vif_priv
for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Makes the code a little easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The wcn36xx FW expects a fixed size TIM PVM in the beacon template. If
supplied with a shorter than expected PVM it will overwrite the IE
following the TIM.
Squashed with fix from Jason Mobarak <jam@cozybit.com>:
Patch "wcn36xx: Pad TIM PVM if needed" has caused a regression in mesh
beaconing. The field tim_off is always 0 for mesh mode, and thus
pvm_len (referring to the TIM length field) and pad are both incorrectly
calculated. Thus, msg_body.beacon_length is incorrectly calculated for
mesh mode. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <jam@cozybit.com>
[bjorn: squashed in Jason's fixup]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Needed for coming improvements. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[bjorn: restored BEACON_TEMPLATE_SIZE define to 0x180]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Wistron DNMA-92 and Compex WLM200NX have inverted LED polarity
(active high instead of active low).
The same PCI Subsystem ID is used by both cards, which are based on
the same Atheros MB92 design.
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The LED can be active high instead of active low on some hardware.
Add the led_active_high module parameter. It defaults to -1 to obey
platform data as before.
Setting the parameter to 1 or 0 will force the LED respectively
active high or active low.
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The references to some arrays in the rtl8xxxu driver were moved inside
of an #ifdef, but the symbols remain outside, resulting in build warnings:
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1506:33: error: 'rtl8188ru_radioa_1t_highpa_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1431:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radioa_1t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1407:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radiob_2t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1332:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radioa_2t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:239:35: error: 'rtl8192c_power_base' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:217:35: error: 'rtl8188r_power_base' defined but not used
This adds an extra #ifdef around them to shut up the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 2fc0b8e5a1 ("rtl8xxxu: Add TX power base values for gen1 parts")
Fixes: 4062b8ffec ("rtl8xxxu: Move PHY RF init into device specific functions")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Now that all firmware-N.bin related are within struct ath10k_fw_file we can
switch to use ath10k_core_fetch_firmware_api_n() and delete almost identical
ath10k_tm_fetch_utf_firmware_api_2().
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To make it easier to share ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n() with testmode.c
refactor all firmware components to struct ath10k_fw_components. This structure
will hold firmware related files, for example firmware-N.bin and board-N.bin.
For firmware-N.bin create a new struct ath10k_fw_file which contains the actual
firmware image as well as the parsed data from the image.
Modify ath10k_core_start() to take struct ath10k_fw_components() as an argument
which makes it possible in following patches to drop some ugly hacks from
testmode.c.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This has ben deprecated years ago, I haven't heard anyone using it since and
most likely it won't even work anymore. So just remove all of it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ah is written twice with the same value, remove one of the
redundant assignments to ah.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx power limitations at upper layers are interpreted in
the EIRP domain. When the user requests a given maximum
txpower, e.g. with: 'iw phy0 set txpower fixed 1500',
he expects the EIRP to be at or below 15dBm.
In ath9k_hw_apply_txpower(), the interpretation is
different: the antenna-gain is capped against the
current txpower limit in the regulatory, but not
against the user set value. It ensures that the
resulting EIRP is below the limit defined by the
active countrycode, but not below the value the
user requested.
In a scenario like e.g.
a) antenna_gain=6
b) countrycode limits to eirp=18
c) user set txpower=15
this will cause a setting for AR_PHY_POWER_TX_RATE
regs resulting in an EIRP > 15.
This patch ensures that antenna-gain is considered
whenever the txpower limit is adjusted and with that
the user set limits are kept.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace an explicit initialisation for one local variable at the beginning
by a conditional assignment.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
push-pull mode needs certain amount the host driver involvement for
managing queues in the host memory and packet delivery to firmware.
qca4019 wifi firmware has an option to stay in push mode for less
number of active traffic flow and then switch to push-pull mode when
the active traffic flow goes beyond the certain limit.
The advantage of staying in push mode for less active traffic is, the
host cpu consumption is reduced. qca4019 firmware supports this
flexibility of the mode switch. It takes the host driver interest
(LOW_PERF/HIGH_PERF) via WMI_EXT_RESOURCE_CFG_CMDID,
LOW_PERF - fw would stay in push mode and switch to push-pull
based on demand.
HIGH_PERF - fw would stay in push-pull mode from the boot.
To make this configuration generic, new WMI services
WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_PUSH_ONLY, WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_PUSH_PULL,
WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_DYNAMIC are introduced to take dynamic tx mode
switch support availability in firmware.
Based on WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_DYNAMIC, LOW_PERF or HIGHT_PERF is
configured to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Smatch complains that since "ev->peer_id" comes from skb->data that
means we can't trust it and have to do a bounds check on it to prevent
an array overflow.
Fixes: 6942726f7f ('ath10k: add fast peer_map lookup')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Upon firmware assert, restart work will be triggered so that mac80211
will reconfigure the driver. An issue is reported that after restart
work, survey dump data do not contain in-use (SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE) info
for operating channel. During reconfigure, since mac80211 already has
valid channel context for given radio, channel context iteration return
num_chanctx > 0. Hence rx_channel is always NULL. Fix this by assigning
channel context to rx_channel when driver restart is in progress.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return value is incorrect for btcoex and peer stats debugfs
'write' entries if the user provides a value that matches with
the already available debugfs entry, this results in the debugfs
entry getting stuck and the operation has to be terminated manually.
Fix this by returning the appropriate return 'count' as we do it for
other debugfs entries like pktlog etc.
Fixes: cc61a1bbbc ("ath10k: enable debugfs provision to enable Peer Stats feature")
Fixes: c28e6f06ff ("ath10k: fix sanity check on enabling btcoex via debugfs")
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch fix spelling typos found in printk
within various part of the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
All the disable_rf() functions were setting REG_TXPAUSE to 0xff to
stop transmission. Do it centrally before calling disable_rf()
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements an 8192eu specific enable_rf() function. The 8192eu is
not a combo device, so no need for doing the BT specific bits needed
by the 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver relies on driver_info in struct usb_device_id, so allowing
adding a device via /sys/bus/usb/drivers/rtl8xxxu/new_id will cause a
NULL pointer dereference.
Set .no_dynamic_id = 1 to disable hot add of USB IDs.
Reported-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8188RU does not like PAPE to be enabled, while all the other gen1
parts seem to require it.
This makes the RTL8188RU able to associate for me.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This register is undocumented in the vendor code, but it is set
unconditionally for all 8192cu/8188cu/8188ru parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This fixes a long standing bug where mac80211 would send disconnect
packets to the device, after we had shut down the device.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In particular set APS_FSMCO_WLON_RESET in the right register, and do
not overwrite too much of REG_CR.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is simpler than checking for RTL8188C && hi_pa.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch was being missed since rtl_chip will never match RTL8188C
if hi_pa is true.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Per the vendor driver, devices with an external PA needs limiting it's
TX power to 0x20.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Load the RF table in init_phy_rf(), which allows for applying device
specific RF hacks in the same place. Getting rid of more ugly if ()
clutter.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
several functions are not initializing a return status in ret
resulting in garbage to be returned instead of 0 for success.
Currently, the calls to these functions are not checking the
return, however, it seems prudent to return the correct status
in case they are to be checked at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This dongle was tested successfully by Andrea Merello
Reported-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Write the adjusted value back to the correct register
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This removes an unneeded hack for 8192eu, and allows for initializing
REG_FPGA0_XAB_RF_SW_CTRL at the same point as it is done for all other
parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This removes a bunch of if () spaghetti and re-applies the USB bus
quirks for 8188/8192 that had gotten lost.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rather than scattering the code with #ifdefs, use the fileops
structure to hold device specific PBP values.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was expired by the vendor driver, but we never ended up using the
backed up value.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This moves the loading of the AGC table into init_phy_bb() and reduces
the if() clutter.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should get the order right and avoid patching something that is
later overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This reduces the if () clutter. Longer term it probably makes sense to
split this between gen1 (8723au/8188cu/8192cu) and gen2
(8192eu/8723bu) devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The old code incorrectly wiped out bits 0-23 by mistake when setting
the RX path for 1T parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu is a combo WiFi/BT dongle, and path B is not used for WiFi,
so no point in calibrating it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No actual code flow change, but no need to warn about something that
isn't a prioblem.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This caught a bug where too little memory was allocated for RX urbs
for parts using 24 byte RX descriptors
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This shouldn't affect little endian system, but may have prevented the
driver working on big endian systems for devices with the larger 24
byte RX descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead use tx_desc_size() to distinguish between gen1
(8723a/8192c/8188c) and gen2 (8723b/8192e) parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8192eu is a 2T part, so setting TX power for path A only, as done by
rtl8723bu_set_tx_power() is not sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Presumably 8192eu devices do not have leds, so do not enable them.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Like the 8723bu, the vendor driver does not set FPGA0_TX_INFO for
8192eu in the init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vendor driver does not set REG_PBP on 8192eu. Whether this is due
to the device not supporting it or simply an oversight in the vendor
driver is not clear.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Another flow order change to match the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Longer term we should switch all the chips over to use this function
instead of the random chip specific ifdef hacks.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This further reorganizes the init code flow to match that of the
8192eu vendor driver. This helps diffing the register write log
against that of the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to debug 8192eu support, reorder some init code to match the
flow of the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
after factoring out mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd
the function is not called outside of cmdevt file
moved function to head of file to avoid forward declaration,
also moved mwifiex_recycle_cmd_node since they are very similar
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Releasing the scan_pending lock in mwifiex_check_next_scan_command
introduces a short window where pending scan commands can be removed
or added before removing them all in mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd.
I think this is safe, since the worst thing to happen is that a
pending scan cmd is removed by the command handler. Adding new scan
commands is not possible while one is pending, see scan_processing flag.
Since all commands are removed from the queue anyway, we don't care if
some commands are removed by a different code path earlier, the final
state remains the same.
I assume, that the critical section needed for the check has been
extended over clearing the pending scan queue out of convenience. The
lock was already held and releasing it and grab it again was just
more work. It doesn't seem to be necessary because of concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
improves readability
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"x ? x : y" can be simplified as "x ? : y"
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Conditionals.html#Conditionals
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
given this structure:
struct foo {
struct bar {
int baz;
}
}
these accesses are equivalent:
(*(foo->bar)).baz
foo->bar->baz
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add scatterlist support (dev_coredumpsg) to allow drivers to avoid
vmalloc() like dev_coredumpm(), while also avoiding the module
reference that the latter function requires.
This internally uses dev_coredumpm() with function inside the
devcoredump module, requiring removing the const
(which touches the driver using it.)
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
by moving common code to ar5008_hw_cmn_spur_mitigate i forgot to move
mask_m & mask_p initialisation. This coused a performance regression
on ar9281.
Fixes: f911085ffa ("ath9k: split ar5008_hw_spur_mitigate and reuse common code in ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate.")
Reported-by: Gustav Frederiksen <lkml2017@openmailbox.org>
Tested-by: Gustav Frederiksen <lkml2017@openmailbox.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes checkpatch warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.c:5800: Prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy() if the Ethernet addresses are __aligned(2)
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fixes checkpatch warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:452: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:455: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/txrx.c:133: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fixes checkpatch warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1477: Prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1480: Prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix checkpatch warnings about use of spaces with operators:
spaces preferred around that '*' (ctx:VxV)
This has been recently added to checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During system suspend, there is a kernel WARNING issued if there
is a pending command present. By marking the wait queue disabled
after calling the command completion routine fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS and IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS channel
flags tell if HT40 operation is allowed on a channel or not.
This patch ensures ht_capability information is modified
accordingly so that we don't end up creating a HT40 connection
when it's not allowed for current regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Host hang is observed if card is removed before firmware download
gets completed. In this case, firmware will be failed to download and
adapter structure gets freed.
In other thread, mwifiex_remove_card() waits on semaphore until the
firmware download fails. This wait is not necessary and may result in
invalid adapter access.
This patch uses down_trylock to return immediately so that hang issue
won't occur.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds default setting for pcie firmware download name in
case that there are newer chipset version.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for downloading usb/uart firmware for
8997 chipset by reading the chip version.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds missing break statement at the end of
PCIE_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_88W8897 switch section.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In receive path brcmf_proto_hdrpull() needs to be called and handled
similar in brcmf_rx_frame() and brcmf_rx_event(). Move that duplicated
code in separate function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move event handling out of brcmf_netif_rx() avoiding the need
to pass a flag. This flag is only ever true for USB hosts as
other interface use separate brcmf_rx_event() function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The code for ampdu-rx host reorder is related to the firmware signalling
supported in BCDC protocol. This change moves the code to fwsignal module.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware uses asynchronized events as a communication method to the
host. The event packets are marked as ETH_P_LINK_CTL protocol type. For
SDIO and PCIe bus, this kind of packets are delivered through virtual
event channel not data channel. This patch adds a screening logic to
make sure the event handler only processes the events coming from the
correct channel.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When p2p connection setup is performed without having ever done an
escan a null pointer exception can occur. This is because the ifp
to abort scanning is taken from escan struct while it was never
initialized. Fix this by using the primary ifp for scan abort. The
abort should still be performed and all scan related commands are
performed on primary ifp.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some nvram files/stores come without the boardrev information,
but firmware requires this to be set. When not found in nvram then
add a default boardrev string to the nvram data.
Reported-by: Rafal Milecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer firmwares require the usage of the wowl wakeind struct as size
for the iovar to clear the wake indicators. Older firmwares do not
care, so change the used size.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the event_msgs iovar is set an array is used to configure the
enabled events. This arrays needs to nulled before configuring
otherwise unhandled events will be enabled. This solves a problem
where in case of wowl the host got woken by an incorrectly enabled
event.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Adjust AFE before enabling PLL on 8192eu, probably also needed for
8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8192eu has it's own IQK calibration procedure, and notably uses
undocumented RF register 0x56 in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixup another case where the hard coded register value was used
instead of the name.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement workaround for LDPC RX hands on 8192eu. This was inspired by
workaround found in the 8192eu vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vendor driver set register 0xfe58 REG_USB_HWPWM in it's init
sequence for 8192eu. Do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set HIMR[01] on 8192eu instead of HISR/HIMR. It's not obvious this
really matters for USB devices, but this matches the register writes
performed by the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set REG_AFE_XTAL_CTRL on 8192eu to the vendor driver value, and do not
skip setting REG_MAX_AGGR_NUM on 8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu requires clearing/restoring bit 17 in REG_FPGA0_POWER_SAVE
before/after writing RF registers.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu does not use REG_AFE_PLL_CTRL in it's BB init sequence, so
provide device specific handling.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu efuse only has power data for path A and B. It follows the
same layout as 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Pick PHY init table based on device before distinguishing between
1T/2T/high PA tables. The latter is only currently used for
8188cu/8192cu/8188ru.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu also requires it's own PHY init table.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A device specific AGC table is required for the 8192eu as well.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the required radio init tables for 8192eu devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu also has it's own TRXFF boundary value to set.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To match the vendor driver, do not mess with AFE_XTAL_CTRL on 8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu requires a different MAC init table. Add the missing table
and specify the table to use in the fileops structure.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
MSI-X is never well-tested, might contain bugs and generally isn't
really all that useful to maintain. Also ath10k is mainly used with
shared/singly-MSI interrupt systems. Hence removing MSI range support.
This change will be useful for further cleanup in copy engine lock
and to add NAPI support.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware has addeded set_tsf vdev parameter,
hence enable it.
set_tsf function can be used to shift TBTT that will
help avoid its clockdrift which happens when beacons
are collided.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update 10.4 WMI vdev param to sync to current 10.4 firmware
as of 2/23/2016.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.2.4.70.24 firmware introduces new feature to set TSF
via vdev parameter, hence implement relevant function.
set_tsf function can be used to shift TBTT that will
help avoid its clockdrift which happens when beacons
are collided.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will help anyone trying to use the ack-rssi reporting
feature with the host-specified TX-rate option in 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and
the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of
it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of
bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The firwmare file can come with data that is relevant for paging. This
data is availablet to the firmware upon request, but it stored in the
host's memory. During the firmware init flow, the driver configures the
firmware so that the firwmare knows where is the data.
When paging is used, the variable paging_mem_size is the number of bytes
that are available through paging. This variable is not zeror-ed if the
driver fails to configure the paging in the firmware, but the memory is
freed which is inconsistent.
This inconsistency led to a NULL pointer dereference in the code that
collects the debug data.
Fix this by zero-ing the paging_mem_size variable and NULLify the
relevant pointers, so that the code that collects the debug data will
know that the paging data is not available.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firwmare name for 8000 is iwlwifi-8000C. The C is
appended based on a value read from a register. This
allows to load different firwmare versions based on
the hardware step during development. Now that the
hardware development is completed, we can hard code
the 'C' and along the way, fix the input to
MODULE_FIRMWARE.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=116041
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Gscan capabilities were updated with new capabilities supported
by the device. Update GSCAN capabilities TLV and avoid to WARN
if the firmware does not have the new capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* support for Link Quality measurement
* more work 9000 devices and MSIx
* continuation of the Dynamic Queue Allocation work
* make the paging less memory hungry
* 9000 new Rx path
* removal of IWLWIFI_UAPSD Kconfig option
ath10k
* implement push-pull tx model using mac80211 software queuing support
* enable scan in AP mode (NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN)
wil6210
* add basic PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) support
* add initial P2P support
* add oob_mode module parameter
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXC5ZnAAoJEG4XJFUm622bcLgIAKxTHWfcirfNpzLg39gfR/jx
vWTX8YifGdZUuQuaEJhc7pPZ6eiTyMlRLZsu9JDT0LErM6uwPKSOXkogzfiSFG00
ntXGOWfQlGdyFyQshOoHWlXSkfE7bBWpLiROgk7dS2oyObQr2ETBT/yVd1bkP6Ka
g13sgzM/a3CbxaZSllaK0S/YPQ6JhXlbeWotqOqE4SotYQD2QfLkYJiXSFRXNcQl
OWDPCTjI3yybOVRLTnLMn2CoWrRqtUElwXaWBKJPhgY3EyxlU6R6UPw8OL8DvXIw
EedpflIekKahwZJbipqdkKbhpxinUAa9kPsSkfCtlPJQWsiQvdwpG7R5KQmJ8Lc=
=A2Lw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-04-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.7
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* support for Link Quality measurement
* more work 9000 devices and MSIx
* continuation of the Dynamic Queue Allocation work
* make the paging less memory hungry
* 9000 new Rx path
* removal of IWLWIFI_UAPSD Kconfig option
ath10k
* implement push-pull tx model using mac80211 software queuing support
* enable scan in AP mode (NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN)
wil6210
* add basic PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) support
* add initial P2P support
* add oob_mode module parameter
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath.git patches for 4.7. Major changes:
ath10k
* implement push-pull tx model using mac80211 software queuing support
* enable scan in AP mode (NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN)
wil6210
* add basic PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) support
* add initial P2P support
* add oob_mode module parameter
This patch prints pcie scratch registers during firmware dump. They
will be useful for analysing firmware status.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch processes sub AMSDU frame received in AP mode.
If a packet is multicast/broadcast, it is sent to kernel/upper
layer as well as queued back to AP TX queue so that it can be
sent to other associated stations.
If a packet is unicast and RA is present in associated station list,
it is again requeued into AP TX queue.
If a packet is unicast and RA is not in associated station list,
packet is forwarded to kernel to handle routing logic.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Bridge packets are enqueued to wmm tx queue, but will not be sent
until main workqeue is scheduled for new interrupt or other
reason. This adds unnecessary delay during traffic.
We will schedule main workqueue when bridge packet is queued.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
skb forwarded to TCP/IP stack doesn't need to allocate in DMA ZONE.
This patch removes GFP_DMA flag in this case to save precious DMA
memory.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some of the chipsets have two revisions. This patch
selects appropriate firmware by checking revision id.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
User can configure wakeup on GTK rekey fail with wowlan.
Added corresponding wakeup reason.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Added driver functionality to offload GTK rekey to firmware. When
AP sends new GTK, firmware will update it.
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <gbhat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Per the vendor driver, it looks like the 8192eu doesn't have LDOA15 /
LDOV12 registers.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu uses the same H2C API as the 8723bu. Call the correct
functions for update_rate_mask() and report_connect().
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8192eu A/B cut parts were incorrectly identified as 8192cu devices.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With support for more chips being added, use an enum to specify the
chip version.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Improve descriptive names of some registers and add some additional
registers only found on nextgen chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
txdesc40 dword2 gid is a 6 bit field, not a single bit
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With the size based naming of TX descriptors. Change the bit
definition namings to indicate which descriptor format they match,
rather than having a device name in the bit name.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are two major types of TX descriptor formats for the RTL parts,
the old 32 byte descriptor, and the newer 40 byte descriptor used by
the 8723bu, 8192eu, and 88xx series.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In mwifiex_enable_hs, we need to check if
priv->wdev.wiphy->wowlan_config is NULL before accessing its member.
This sometimes cause kernel panic when suspend/resume.
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ap_ie->ie_list is an array of struct mwifiex_ie and can never
be null, so the null check on this array is redundant and can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In some of the non-success return paths, the memory allocated by
iwl4965_sta_alloc_lq() in iwl4965_alloc_bcast_station() is not freed.
In particular:
- if the card isn't ready after il4965_prepare_card_hw()
- if the card is hardware-rfkilled
In the hardware rfkilled path, the driver enables the rfkill
interrupt. When the card is unrfkilled and this interrupt is raised
we end up calling il4965_bg_restart() which calls __il4965_up() which
calls iwl4965_alloc_bcast_station() again.
Suggested-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When il4965_hw_nic_init in __il4965_up fails, the memory allocated by
iwl4965_sta_alloc_lq in iwl4965_alloc_bcast_station is not freed.
This patches adds il_dealloc_bcast_stations in the error handling code of
__il4965_up to fix this problem.
This patch has been tested in real device, and it actually fixes the bug.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rsi_send_data_pkt(), it's a little more logical to assign 'status' in
the actual error handling code as opposed to at the top of the functon.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
[Deleted controversial bits, rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rsi_send_data_pkt(), the following variables are assigned to
before they're used:
* tmp_hdr - Assigned on line 47, first used on line 48
* bss - Assigned on line 41, first used on line 44
* extnd_size - Assigned on line 50, first used on line 52
* seq_num - Assigned on line 48, first used on line 96
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In rsi_send_mgmt_pkt(), the following variables are assigned to
before they're used:
* wh - Assigned on line 161, first used on line 180
* bss - Assigned on line 160, first used on line 196
* msg - Assigned on line 168, first used on line 175
* extnd_size - Assigned on line 139, first used on line 142
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When pci_request_regions in rtl8180_probe fails, pci_disable_device is not
called to disable the device which is enabled by pci_enbale_device.
This patch fixes the problem by adding a new lable in error handling code.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The memory allocated by kzalloc in b43_bus_dev_ssb_init and
b43_bus_dev_bcma_init is not freed.
This patch fixes the bug by adding kfree in b43_ssb_remove,
b43_bcma_remove and error handling code of b43_bcma_probe.
Thanks Michael for his suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Tested-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If "txq->cmd = kzalloc(...)" in il_tx_queue_init fails,
"kfree(txq->cmd[i])" in il_tx_queue_free and il_cmd_queue_free
in iwl4965_hw_txq_ctx_free will causes a null pointer dereference,
because txq->cmd is NULL at that time.
This patch fixes this problem by adding a if-check before kfree.
To avoid double free in il_tx_queue_free and il_cmd_queue_free
caused by the fixing, txq->meta and txq->cmd in error handling code
of il_tx_queue_init are assigned null values.
Otherwise, a double free will occur.
This patch has been tested in real device, and it actually fixes the bug.
Thanks Stanislaw for his suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Also remove an unused label.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In brcmf_sdio_download_firmware(), bcmerror is set by the call to
brcmf_sdio_download_code_file(), before it's checked in the following
line.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In ath9k_hif_usb_rx_stream(), i is initialised in the for loop it's
used in.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
[Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
[Update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
[Update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
[Update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use to_pci_dev() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"(thermometer < 0) ? 0 : (thermometer == X)" is equivalent to
"thermometer == X" for X >= 0.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Safonov <insafonov@gmail.com>
[Updated commit message]
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Decrement num_mpdus_ready only when rx amsdu is processed successfully.
Not doing so, will result in leak and impact stabilty under low memory
cases. Also commit 3128b3d8a2 ("ath10k: speedup htt rx descriptor
processing for rx_ind") missed to removed unused skb list rx_q.
Fixes: 3128b3d8a2 ("ath10k: speedup htt rx descriptor processing for rx_ind")
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca99x0 and qca4019 solutions limit probe responses transmissions.
Logging warning message for each probe response drop is flooding
kernel log unnecessary with " failed to increase tx mgmt pending
count: -16, dropping". Hence reducing log level to debug.
Reported-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
pre-calibration is meant for qca4019 which contains only caldata
whereas calibration file is used by ar9888 and qca99x0 that contains
both board data and caldata. So by definition both pre-cal-file and
cal-file can not coexist. Keeping them in shared memory (union), is
breaking boot sequence of qca99x0. Fix it by storing both binaries
in separate memories. This issue is reported in ipq8064 platform which
includes caldata in flash memory.
Fixes: 3d9195ea19 ("ath10k: incorporate qca4019 cal data download sequence")
Reported-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Low priority scan handling code which delays or aborts scan
operation based on Tx traffic is removed recently. The reason
is firmware already takes care of it in our new feature scan
channel gap. Hence we should advertise low priority scan
support to cfg80211.
This patch fixes a problem in which OBSS scan request from
wpa_supplicant was being rejected by cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
retry_limit has never been used during the life of this driver, so
we may as well remove it as it is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With current driver, it is observed that a URB is not
completed while the USB disconnect is initiated. Due to
that, the URB completion handler is trying to access
the resource which was freed as a part of USB disconnect.
Managing the URBs with anchor will make sure that all
the URBs are handled gracefully before device gets
disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ssid is an array of u8, so it can never be null, so the null check on
wl->scan.ssid is redundant and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use a more common logging style.
Miscellanea:
o Add specific logging macros for ALGORITHM and INTERFACE types
o Output the messages at KERN_DEBUG
o Coalesce formats
o Align arguments
o Whitespace style adjustments for only these changes
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hal_btc.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hal_btc.c:137 rtl8723e_dm_bt_need_to_dec_bt_pwr() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch lists the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/phy.c:648 rtl92s_phy_set_rf_power_state() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch lists the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/trx.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192ee/trx.c:371 rtl92ee_rx_query_desc() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch lists the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192c/dm_common.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192c/dm_common.c:243 rtl92c_dm_false_alarm_counter_statistics() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtc8723b2ant.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtc8723b2ant.c:3078 btc8723b2ant_run_coexist_mechanism() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/pci.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/pci.c:366 rtl_pci_check_buddy_priv() error: we previously assumed 'tpriv' could be null (see line 368)
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/pci.c:1216 _rtl_pci_init_struct() warn: inconsistent indenting
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The previous patch added an option to rtl8723be to manually select the
antenna for those cases when only a single antenna is present, and the
on-board EEPROM is incorrectly programmed. This patch implements the
necessary changes in the Bluetooth coexistence driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V4.0+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A number of new laptops have been delivered with only a single antenna.
In principle, this is OK; however, a problem arises when the on-board
EEPROM is programmed to use the other antenna connection. The option
of opening the computer and moving the connector is not always possible
as it will void the warranty in some cases. In addition, this solution
breaks the Windows driver when the box dual boots Linux and Windows.
A fix involving a new module parameter has been developed. This commit
adds the new parameter and implements the changes needed for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V4.0+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is an error path where "ret" isn't initialized.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band
from their device, which station transmitted a given RX
frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211
to save the extra lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the hw scan request specifies a single BSSID, use that value instead
of the wildcard BSSID in the Probe Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to
be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it
already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the
frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not
present.
Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make
the flags field a u64.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If no valid ADC randomness output, ath9k rng will continuously
reading ADC, which will cause high CPU load. So increase the
delay to wait for ADC ready.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=114261
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are many valid WMI commands with only header without any
additional payload. Such WMI commands could not be sent using
the debugfs wmi_send facility. Fix the code to allow sending
of such commands.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BugLink: http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/972604
Commit 09c9bae26b ("ath5k: add led pin
configuration for compaq c700 laptop") added a pin configuration for the Compaq
c700 laptop. However, the polarity of the led pin is reversed. It should be
red for wifi off and blue for wifi on, but it is the opposite. This bug was
reported in the following bug report:
http://pad.lv/972604
Fixes: 09c9bae26b ("ath5k: add led pin configuration for compaq c700 laptop")
Signed-off-by: Joseph Salisbury <joseph.salisbury@canonical.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Check and parse Rx MAC timestamp when firmware sets its flag
to status variable.
10.4 firmware adds it in Rx beacon frame only at this moment.
Drivers and mac80211 may utilize it to detect such clockdrift
or beacon collision and use the result for beacon collision
avoidance.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since tx completion and rx indication processing are moved out
of txrx tasklet and rx ring lock contention also removed from txrx
for rx_ind messages, it would be efficient to combine both replenish
and txrx tasks. Refill threshold is adjusted for both AP135 and AP148
(low and high end systems). With this adjustment in AP135, TCP DL is
improved from 603 Mbps to 620 Mbps and UDP DL is improved from 758 Mbps
to 803 Mbps. Also no watchdog are observed on UDP BiDi.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Whenever htt rx indication i.e target to host messages are received
on rx copy engine (CE5), the message will be freed after processing
the response. Then CE 5 will be refilled with new descriptors at
post rx processing. This memory alloc and free operations can be avoided
by reusing the same descriptors.
During CE pipe allocation, full ring is not initialized i.e n-1 entries
are filled up. So for CE 5 full ring should be filled up to reuse
descriptors. Moreover CE 5 write index will be updated in single shot
instead of incremental access. This could avoid multiple pci_write and
ce_ring access. From experiments, It improves CPU usage by ~3% in IPQ4019
platform.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The physical address necessary to unmap DMA ('bufferp') is stored
in ath10k_skb_cb as 'paddr'. For diag register read and write
operations, 'paddr' is stored in transfer context. ath10k doesn't rely
on the meta/transfer_id. So the unused output arguments {bufferp, nbytesp
and transfer_idp} are removed from CE recv_next completion.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Except qca61x4 family chips (qca6164, qca6174), copy engine 5 is used
for receiving target to host htt messages. In follow up patch, CE5
descriptors will be reused. In such case, same API can not be used as
htc layer callback where the response messages will be freed at the end.
Hence register new API for HTC layer that free up received message and
keep the message handler common for both HTC and HIF layers.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In follow up patch, htt rx descriptors will be reused instead of
dealloc and refill. To achieve that htt rx indication messages
should not be deferred and should be processed in pci tasklet itself.
Also from rx indication message, mpdu_count alone is used. So it is
maintained as atomic variable and all rx amsdu handlers are done
processed from txrx tasklet. This change get rid of rx_compl_q usage.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make amsdu handlers (i.e amsdu_pop and rx_h_handler) common to both
rx_ind and frag_ind htt events. It is sufficient to hold rx_ring lock
for amsdu_pop alone and no need to hold it until the packets are
delivered to mac80211. This helps to reduce rx_lock contention as well.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The fw descriptor was never used and probably never will be. It makes
little sense to maintain support for it. Remove it and simplify rx
processing. This will make it easier to optimize rx processing later
as well.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To optmize CPU usage htt rx descriptors will be reused instead of
refilling it for htt rx copy engine (CE5). To support that all htt rx
indications should be proecssed at same context. Instead of queueing
actual indication message, queue copied message for txrx processing.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To optimize CPU usage htt rx descriptors will be reused instead of
refilling it for htt rx copy engine (CE5). To support that all htt rx
indications should be processed at same context. FIFO queue is used
to maintain tx completion status for each msdu. This helps to retain
the order of tx completion.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Rx duration support for per station is part of extended peer
stats, enable provision to parse the same and provide backward
compatibility based on the 'stats_id' event
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add API support for Extended Resource Configuration for 10.4. This
is useful to enable new features like Peer Stats, LTEU etc if the
firmware advertises support for the service. This is also done to
provide backward compatibility with older firmware. Also for clarity
send default host platform type as 'WMI_HOST_PLATFORM_HIGH_PERF',
though this should not make any difference in functionality
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
isr_stats is written twice with the same value, remove one of the
redundant assignments to isr_stats.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We were not allowing the thermal state to be set when we were in D0i3
mode. It was not very clearly specified how it should work, but now a
decision was made to allow the state to be set in D0i3 (which will
cause a brief wake up). Remove the check in the set_cur_state
operation.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When working in DQA mode, there is a lockdep log warning
about an inconsistent state of the mvmsta->lock and the
mvm->queue_info_lock. Fix this. This mode is not activated
for now.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently reading the fw memory segments is done according to
addresses and data length that are hard-coded.
Lately a new tlv was appended to the ucode, that contains
the data type, length and address.
Parse this tlv, and in run-time store the memory segments length
and addresses that would be dumped upon a fw error.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In MSIX mode we iterate over the allocated interrupt vectors and
register them to an handler. In case of registration failure,
we free all the allocated irq.
we use the outer index mistakenly instead of the inner one.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
_UCODE_API_OK was a intermediate version between MIN and
MAX. If a user had a firmware below _OK but above _MIN, the
driver would work but the user would get a warning in the
kernel log telling him to update his firmware.
This is not needed since most users won't look for these
messages in the kernel log if their wifi is working.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Declare and enable support of RX and TX checksum for 9000 family.
Configure offload_assist in the TX cmd accordingly to support
TX csum.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If something goes wrong with the firmware and we never get a scan
complete notification, we stay stuck forever. In order to avoid this
situation, add a timeout and trigger an NMI if it expires before
receiving the notification., so we can clean things up.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Change the CMD queue to be queue #0 (rather than queue #9)
when working in DQA mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Set the correct sta_id in the SCD_QUEUE_CONFIG command sent
to the FW when enabling/disabling queues. This is needed in
DQA-mode to allow the FW to associate between queue and STA.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use the reserved BSS Client queue when connecting to an AP
in DQA mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Edit some of the 9560 series and 5165 series PCI IDs.
These devices do not exist yet.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Improve current RSS configuration:
* Use netdev_rss_key instead of keeping a local copy.
* Configure also UDP hashing to have UDP traffic spread across queues.
* Do not direct RSS traffic to our fallback queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We want to request an interrupt vector for RSS queue per CPU,
one vector for fallback queue, and one for non-rx interrupts.
Future patch will make sure that no RSS traffic is directed to
fallback queue.
This will enable us to enable fast path on traffic that otherwise
would have been received on the fallback queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver can read the current state during D0I3,
therefore there is no reason not to do it.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For some reason, this was defined as a signed variable.
Make it unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Auxilary station ID in flag in scan config command wasn't set
although we set the station ID. Add the flag.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the code checks if hardware reported both L4 and L3
checksums as valid, and only then reports it as validated to
the stack.
However, IPv6 does not have checksum at all and the L3 checksum
valid bit is always off for IPv6 packets, with the result of the
stack re-validating L4 checksum.
Fix code to set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY also for IPv6 packets whose
TCP/UDP checksum was verified.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use alloc_ordered_workqueue() to allocate the workqueue instead of
create_singlethread_workqueue() since the latter is deprecated and is scheduled
for removal.
There are work items doing related operations that shouldn't be swapped when
queued in a certain order hence preserve the strict execution ordering of a
single threaded (ST) workqueue by switching to alloc_ordered_workqueue().
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag is not needed since the worker is not depended
during memory reclaim.
Signed-off-by: Eva Rachel Retuya <eraretuya@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
API version lower than 16 is not supported anymore - don't
load older ucode.
Remove code handling older versions.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Gscan capabilities were updated with new capabilities supported
by the device. Update GSCAN capabilities TLV.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We have a module parameter, this is enough.
per platform customizations will be done through the init
script of the platform.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Due to hardware bug, upon any shadow free-queue register write
access, a legacy RBD shadow register must be written as well.
This is required in order to trigger a copy of the shadow registers
values after MAC exits sleep state.
Specifically, the driver has to write (any value) to the legacy RBD
register each time FRBDCB is accessed.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
"DQA" is shorthand for "dynamic queue allocation". This
enables on-demand allocation of queues per RA/TID rather than
statically allocating per vif, thus allowing a potential
benefit of various factors.
Please refer to the DOC section this patch adds to sta.h to
see a more in-depth explanation of this feature.
There are many things to take into consideration when working
in DQA mode, and this patch is only one in a series. Note that
default operation mode is non-DQA mode, unless the FW
indicates that it supports DQA mode.
This patch enables support of DQA for a station connected to
an AP, and works in a non-aggregated mode.
When a frame for an unused RA/TID arrives at the driver, it
isn't TXed immediately, but deferred first until a suitable
queue is first allocated for it, and then TXed by a worker
that both allocates the queues and TXes deferred traffic.
When a STA is removed, its queues goes back into the queue
pools for reuse as needed.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
"is_data_qos == true" is equivalent to "tid < IWL_MAX_TID_COUNT"
since tid is only assigned (and range-checked) in that case.
This removes a (harmless) smatch warning that occurs because it
can't seem to follow the above logic from the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Update device id and FW serial number for 2X2 antenna devices
in 9000 generation product. These will not be available on
the market in the coming year.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to disable uapsd for BSS only, or P2P client
separately. Remove the now unneeded
IWL_MVM_P2P_UAPSD_STANDALONE constant.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
TX CMD API has changed to support offload assist.
Currently we do not enable checksum yet, but must set the
padding indication, to avoid FW errors.
Set other amsdu flag as well.
The rest of the flags will be configured only if HW csum
is enabled and will be set in future patches.
This change is backward compatible.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We insert padding if the MAC header's size is not a multiple of 4
to ensure that the SNAP header is DWORD aligned. When we do so, we
let the firmware know by setting a bit in Tx command
(TX_CMD_FLG_MH_PAD) which will instruct the firmware to drop those
2 bytes before sending the frame.
However, this is not needed for AMSDU as the sub frame header (14B)
complements the MAC header (26B) so that the SNAP header is DWORD
aligned without adding any pad.
Until 9000, the firmware didn't check the TX_CMD_FLG_MH_PAD bit
but rather checked the length of the MAC header itself and
assumed the entity that enqueued the frame (driver or internal
firmware code) added the pad.
Since the driver inserted the pad even for AMSDU this logic applied.
Note that the padding is a DMA optimization but it's not strictly
needed, so we could pad even if it was not needed.
However, the CSUM hardware introduced for the 9000 devices requires
to not pad AMSDU as it is not needed, and will fail if such a pad
exists.
Due to older FW not checking the padding bit but checking the mac
header size itself - we cannot do this adjustments for older
generations.
Do not align the size if it is an AMSDU and HW checksum is enabled -
which will only happen on 9000 devices and on.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Bjorn pointed out that printing an error value as an
hexadecimal isn't very convenient. Change that.
Reported-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use RX_HANDLER_ASYNC_UNLOCKED instead of unlock and re-lock
the mutex independently.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't use the refcount value anymore, all the refcounting is done
in the runtime PM usage_count value. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When entering suspend the driver calls iwl_disable_interrupts() and
then iwl_pcie_disable_ict().
On resume the driver calls only iwl_pcie_reset_ict() without calling
explicitly to iwl_enable_interrupts().
This mostly works since iwl_pcie_reset_ict is calling to
iwl_enable_interrupts, but it doesn't work when there is no ict_table
in MSIx mode.
The result is that driver tries to resume but fails since it doesn't
get the RX interrupt from FW indicating that d0i3 exit was completed.
Fix it by adding an explicit call to enable interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
My patch resized the pool size, but neglected to resize
the global table, which is obviously wrong since the global
table maps the pool's rxb to vid one to one. This results
in a panic in 9000 devices.
Add a build bug to avoid such a case in the future.
Fixes: 7b5424361e ("iwlwifi: pcie: fine tune number of rxbs")
Reported-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add debugfs entry named lqm_send_cmd for kicking a
measurement. This hook takes the duration and the timeout
as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
LQM stands for Link Quality Measurement. The firmware
will collect a defined set of statitics (see the
notification for details) that allow to know how busy
the medium is. The driver issues a request to the firmware
that includes the duration of the measurement (the firmware
needs to be on channel for that amount of time) and the
timeout (in case the firmware has a lot of offchannel
activities). If the timeout elapses, the firmware will
send partial results which are still valuable.
In case of disassociation / channel switch and alike, the
driver is in charge of stopping the measurements and the
firmware will reply with partial results.
The user space API for now is debugfs only and will be
implmemented in an upcoming patch.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The rtl8821ae_dm_txpower_tracking_callback_thermalmeter function
contains a call to RT_TRACE() that is indented in a misleading
way, as pointed out by a gcc-6 warning:
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c: In function 'rtl8821ae_dm_txpower_tracking_callback_thermalmeter':
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2491:4: error: statement is indented as if it were guarded by...
RT_TRACE(rtlpriv, COMP_POWER_TRACKING, DBG_LOUD,
^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/dm.c:2488:3: note: ...this 'for' clause, but it is not
for (p = RF90_PATH_A; p < MAX_PATH_NUM_8821A; p++)
^~~
It is clear from the context that the call was not meant to be
part of the loop and only the indentation is wrong, so this
removes the extra tabs.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The memory allocated by kzalloc in b43_bus_dev_ssb_init and
b43_bus_dev_bcma_init is not freed.
This patch fixes the bug by adding kfree in b43_ssb_remove,
b43_bcma_remove and error handling code of b43_bcma_probe.
Thanks Michael for his suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Acked-by: Michael Büsch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip.mukherjee@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Provide a debugfs entry to enable/ disable Peer Stats feature.
Peer Stats feature is for developers/users who are more interested
in studying in Rx/Tx stats with multiple clients connected, hence
disable this by default. Enabling this feature by default results
in unneccessary processing of Peer Stats event for every 500ms
and updating peer_stats list (allocating memory) and cleaning it up
ifexceeds the higher limit and this can be an unnecessary overhead
during long run stress testing.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca4019 calibration data is stored in the host memory and it's mandatory
to download it even before reading board id and chip id from the target.
Also, there is a need to execute otp (download and run) twice, one after
cal data download and another one after board data download.
Existing cal data file name 'cal-<bus>-<id>.bin' and device tree entry
'qcom,ath10k-calibration-data' used in ath10k has assumption that it
carries other data (like board data) also along with the calibration data.
But, qca4019 cal data contains pure calibration data (doesn't include
any other info). So, using existing same cal file name and DT entry
in qca4019 case would alter the purpose of it. To avoid this, new cal
file name 'pre-cal-<bus>-<id>.bin' and new device tree entry name
'qcom,ath10k-pre-calibration-data are introduced.
Overall qca4019's firmware download sequence would look like,
1) Download cal data (either from a file or device tree entry)
at the address specified by target in the host interest area
member "hi_board_data".
2) Download otp and run with 0x10 (PARAM_GET_EEPROM_BOARD_ID)
as a argument.
At this point, otp will take back up of downloaded cal data
content in another location in the target and return valid
board id and chip id to the host.
3) Download board data at the address specified by target
in host interest area member "hi_board_data".
4) Download otp and run with 0x10000 (PARAM_FLASH_SECTION_ALL) as
a argument.
Now otp will apply cal data content from it's backup on top
of board data download in step 3 and prepare final data base.
5) Download code swap and athwlan binary content.
Above sequences are implemented (step 1 to step 4) in the name of
pre calibration configuration.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath10k_download_cal_dt() compares obtained cal data content length
against QCA988X_CAL_DATA_LEN (2116 bytes). It was written by keeping
qca988x in mind. In fact, cal data length is more chip specific.
To make ath10k_download_cal_dt() more generic and reusable for other
chipsets (like qca4019), cal data length is moved to hw_params.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Both ath10k_download_cal_file() and ath10k_download_cal_dt() uses
hard coded file pointer (ar->cal_file) and device tree entry
(qcom,ath10k-calibration-data) respectively to get calibration
data content.
There is a need to use those two functions in qca4019 calibration
download sequence with different file pointer and device tree entry name.
Modify those two functions to take cal data location as an argument.
So that it can serve the purpose for other file pointer and device
tree entry.
This is just preparation before adding actual qca4019 calibration
download sequence. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If device failed to init during early probing
(which is quite rare) it triggered driver to
compute crc before ar->firmware was ready causing
an oops.
Fixes: 3e58044b61 ("ath10k: print crc32 checksums for firmware and board files")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prevents tx hangs or hiccups if pull-push
supporting firmware defines per-txq thresholds or
switches modes dynamically.
Fixes: 299468782d ("ath10k: implement wake_tx_queue")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The wake_tx_queue/push_pending logic had a bug
which could stop queues indefinitely effectivelly
breaking traffic.
Fixes: 299468782d ("ath10k: implement wake_tx_queue")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently paging download buffer is freed during the
the unloading of the opmode which happens when the driver
is unloaded.
This causes a memory leak since the paging download
buffer is allocated every time we enable the
interface, so the download buffer can be allocated many
times, but only be freed once.
Free paging download buffer during disabling of the
interface.
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org [4.3+]
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In case of FW error, support dumping the UMAC internal txfifos.
To do so, support version 2 of shared memory cfg command, which
contains the sizes of the internal txfifos, and move the command
to the system group.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben-Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Paging contains 3 sections in the fw. The first for the paging separator,
The second for the CSS block, the third with the paging data.
Currently if the driver finds the paging separator, and there is only
section left (CSS), once reading the CSS section, the driver will
attempt to read the paging data and will go out of the arrays bounds.
Make sure that the FW image contains the right amount of sections for
paging.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
IWL_INFO is not an error but still printed by default.
"can't access the RSA semaphore it is write protected" seems
worrisome but it is not really a problem.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1+]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the driver has 2 buffers for paging:
1. paging db - this contains all of the pages that were in the FW
image, that the driver stores for the FW. This is allocated for each
block separately (not contiguous).
2. download buffer - we need to provide this empty buffer for the
iwl_sdio_load_fw_chunk function to copy the requested pages to the shared
memory. This is one big buffer of contiguous memory whose size is the
size of all the blocks that the fw paging section can contain.
This download buffer size is too big, and causes the allocation to fail
sometimes. Since the driver allocates memory for each block separately,
it is not possible for the FW to request all of the pages in one request
(the FW gives an address and size, so blocks need to be contiguous for
this to happen), therefore the FW is limited to request only one block.
Decrease the size of the paging download buffer to be the size of a
paging block.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently when stop flow is performed, there might be transport TX RTPM
references that are not freed in case we unmap a queue that still has
packets not reclaimed. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.
2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.
4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
of incoming TCP/UDP connections. The muxing can be done using a
BPF program which hashes the incoming packet. From Craig Gallek.
5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
interface. BPF programs can be used to determine the message
boundaries. From Tom Herbert.
6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
with lots of configured addresses. We were doing things like
traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
well.
8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.
9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
ixgbe, from John Fastabend.
10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
from Kan Liang.
11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
From David Decotigny.
12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
(ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
level attributes as a whole. From Jiri Pirko.
13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.
14) Add "Local Checksum Offload". Basically, for a tunneled packet
the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
of that in various ways. From Edward Cree"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
net: fix a comment typo
ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
...
Merge second patch-bomb from Andrew Morton:
- a couple of hotfixes
- the rest of MM
- a new timer slack control in procfs
- a couple of procfs fixes
- a few misc things
- some printk tweaks
- lib/ updates, notably to radix-tree.
- add my and Nick Piggin's old userspace radix-tree test harness to
tools/testing/radix-tree/. Matthew said it was a godsend during the
radix-tree work he did.
- a few code-size improvements, switching to __always_inline where gcc
screwed up.
- partially implement character sets in sscanf
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (118 commits)
sscanf: implement basic character sets
lib/bug.c: use common WARN helper
param: convert some "on"/"off" users to strtobool
lib: add "on"/"off" support to kstrtobool
lib: update single-char callers of strtobool()
lib: move strtobool() to kstrtobool()
include/linux/unaligned: force inlining of byteswap operations
include/uapi/linux/byteorder, swab: force inlining of some byteswap operations
include/asm-generic/atomic-long.h: force inlining of some atomic_long operations
usb: common: convert to use match_string() helper
ide: hpt366: convert to use match_string() helper
ata: hpt366: convert to use match_string() helper
power: ab8500: convert to use match_string() helper
power: charger_manager: convert to use match_string() helper
drm/edid: convert to use match_string() helper
pinctrl: convert to use match_string() helper
device property: convert to use match_string() helper
lib/string: introduce match_string() helper
radix-tree tests: add test for radix_tree_iter_next
radix-tree tests: add regression3 test
...
Results obtained from scan can be used for spectrum management by
doing something like building information of preferred channel
lists and sharing them with stations around. It is to be noted
that traffic to the connected stations would be affected during
the scan.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is observed that, we are disabling the packet log if we write same
value to the pktlog_filter for the second time. Always enable pktlogs
on non zero filter.
Fixes: 90174455ae ("ath10k: add support to configure pktlog filter")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath10k_core_probe_fw() simply returns error without freeing
cached firmware file content when get board id operation fails.
Free cached fw bin data in failure case to avoid memory leak.
Fixes: db0984e51a ("ath10k: select board data based on BMI chip id and board id")
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Frames that are transmitted via MGMT_TX are using reserved descriptor
slots in firmware. This limitation is for the htt_mgmt_tx path itself,
not for mgmt frames per se. In 16 MBSSID scenario, these reserved slots
will be easy exhausted due to frequent probe responses. So for 10.4
based solutions, probe responses are limited by a threshold (24).
management tx path is separate for all except tlv based solutions. Since
tlv solutions (qca6174 & qca9377) do not support 16 AP interfaces, it is
safe to move management descriptor limitation check under mgmt_tx
function. Though CPU improvement is negligible, unlikely conditions or
never hit conditions in hot path can be avoided on data transmission.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Whenever firmware is configuring operating channel during scan or
home channel, channel change event will be indicated to host. In some
cases (device probe/ last vdev down), target will be configured to
default channel whereas host is unaware of target's operating channel.
This leads to packet drop due to unknown channel and kernel log will be
filled up with "no channel configured; ignoring frame(s)!". Fix that
by handling HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_CHAN_CHANGE event.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
drivers/rtc: broken link fix
drm/i915 Fix typos in i915_gem_fence.c
Docs: fix missing word in REPORTING-BUGS
lib+mm: fix few spelling mistakes
MAINTAINERS: add git URL for APM driver
treewide: Fix typo in printk
Some callers of strtobool() were passing a pointer to unterminated
strings. In preparation of adding multi-character processing to
kstrtobool(), update the callers to not pass single-character pointers,
and switch to using the new kstrtobool_from_user() helper where
possible.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Steve French <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.6:
API:
- Convert remaining crypto_hash users to shash or ahash, also convert
blkcipher/ablkcipher users to skcipher.
- Remove crypto_hash interface.
- Remove crypto_pcomp interface.
- Add crypto engine for async cipher drivers.
- Add akcipher documentation.
- Add skcipher documentation.
Algorithms:
- Rename crypto/crc32 to avoid name clash with lib/crc32.
- Fix bug in keywrap where we zero the wrong pointer.
Drivers:
- Support T5/M5, T7/M7 SPARC CPUs in n2 hwrng driver.
- Add PIC32 hwrng driver.
- Support BCM6368 in bcm63xx hwrng driver.
- Pack structs for 32-bit compat users in qat.
- Use crypto engine in omap-aes.
- Add support for sama5d2x SoCs in atmel-sha.
- Make atmel-sha available again.
- Make sahara hashing available again.
- Make ccp hashing available again.
- Make sha1-mb available again.
- Add support for multiple devices in ccp.
- Improve DMA performance in caam.
- Add hashing support to rockchip"
* 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (116 commits)
crypto: qat - remove redundant arbiter configuration
crypto: ux500 - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
crypto: atmel - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
crypto: qat - Change the definition of icp_qat_uof_regtype
hwrng: exynos - use __maybe_unused to hide pm functions
crypto: ccp - Add abstraction for device-specific calls
crypto: ccp - CCP versioning support
crypto: ccp - Support for multiple CCPs
crypto: ccp - Remove check for x86 family and model
crypto: ccp - memset request context to zero during import
lib/mpi: use "static inline" instead of "extern inline"
lib/mpi: avoid assembler warning
hwrng: bcm63xx - fix non device tree compatibility
crypto: testmgr - allow rfc3686 aes-ctr variants in fips mode.
crypto: qat - The AE id should be less than the maximal AE number
lib/mpi: Endianness fix
crypto: rockchip - add hash support for crypto engine in rk3288
crypto: xts - fix compile errors
crypto: doc - add skcipher API documentation
crypto: doc - update AEAD AD handling
...
A cleanup patch in linux-3.18 moved around some code in the ath9k
driver and left some code to be indented in a misleading way,
made worse by the addition of some new code for p2p mode, as
discovered by a new gcc-6 warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/init.c: In function 'ath9k_set_hw_capab':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/init.c:851:4: warning: statement is indented as if it were guarded by... [-Wmisleading-indentation]
hw->wiphy->iface_combinations = if_comb;
^~
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/init.c:847:3: note: ...this 'if' clause, but it is not
if (ath9k_is_chanctx_enabled())
^~
The code is in fact correct, but the indentation is not, so I'm
reformatting it as it should have been after the original cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 499afaccf6 ("ath9k: Isolate ath9k_use_chanctx module parameter")
Fixes: eb61f9f623 ("ath9k: advertise p2p dev support when chanctx")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code that was added back in 2.6.38 has an obvious overflow
when accessing a static array, and at the time it was added
only a code comment was put in front of it as a reminder
to have it reviewed properly.
This has not happened, but gcc-6 now points to the specific
overflow:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/eeprom.c: In function 'ath9k_hw_get_gain_boundaries_pdadcs':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/eeprom.c:483:44: error: array subscript is above array bounds [-Werror=array-bounds]
maxPwrT4[i] = data_9287[idxL].pwrPdg[i][4];
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~
It turns out that the correct array length exists in the local
'intercepts' variable of this function, so we can just use that
instead of hardcoding '4', so this patch changes all three
instances to use that variable. The other two instances were
already correct, but it's more consistent this way.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 940cd2c12e ("ath9k_hw: merge the ar9287 version of ath9k_hw_get_gain_boundaries_pdadcs")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain 6004 firmware releases redefine the WMI_TXE_NOTIFY_EVENTID event
number and sends the new event frequently. However it doesn't have the
tx-err-notify feature and thus this firmware capability flag isn't set on
the firmware package. By guarding the processing of this event by the same
method we guard the sending of the WMI_SET_TXE_NOTIFY_CMDID command, we
can ignore the spurious event that we don't know how to process.
Without this change we call cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify() with possibly bad
data.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow to set wl_active_time and wl_qc_time for SOC chips, also adjust
bt_time_extend and bt_first_slot_time.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The registers of AR_GPIO_INPUT_MUX1 and AR_GPIO_PDPU were removed
from SOC chips, fix invalid accessing
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add bits definition for AR_BT_COEX_MODE2 and AR_BT_COEX_MODE3, which
needed by SOC chips (AR9340, AR9531, AR9550, AR9561).
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add new platform data to allow override BTCoex default pin.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make ath_init_leds() and ath_deinit_leds() pairs as the only
API to set leds, also removed direction configuration from
ath9k_start() and ath9k_stop(). So the initial is more clear
now.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
For SOC GPIOs, should call ath9k_hw_gpio_free() to release
the GPIO resource.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit 61b559dea4 ("ath9k: add extra GPIO led support")
added ath9k to support access SOC's GPIOs, but implemented
in a separated API: ath9k_hw_request_gpio().
So this patch make the APIs more common, to support both
of WMAC and SOC GPIOs. The new APIs as below,
void ath9k_hw_gpio_request_in();
void ath9k_hw_gpio_request_out();
void ath9k_hw_gpio_free();
NOTE, the BSP of the SOC chips(AR9340, AR9531, AR9550, AR9561)
should set the corresponding MUX registers correctly.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Define correct GPIO numbers and MASK bits to indicate the WMAC
GPIO resource.
Allow SOC chips(AR9340, AR9531, AR9550, AR9561) to access all GPIOs
which rely on gpiolib framework. But restrict SOC AR9330 only to
access WMAC GPIO which has the same design with the old chips.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
These lines belong inside the if-statement above, not in the
main body of the switch.
Found by smatch.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
smatch said:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/phy.c:1449 ath5k_hw_channel() warn: inconsistent indenting
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/reset.c:637 ath5k_hw_on_hold() warn: inconsistent indenting
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/reset.c:702 ath5k_hw_nic_wakeup() warn: inconsistent indenting
All of these lines were indented a tabstop too far.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit f49c90db4d ("ath9k: Add a macro to identify PCOEM chips")
defined AR_SREV_9003_PCOEM macro, its more clear to use the macro
instead of checking one by one. Also removed PCOEM chips checking
in the callback of ar9003_hw_do_pcoem_manual_peak_cal() which only
for PCOEM chips.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail, enable all ar9300
chips manual peak calibration instead.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HW peak detect calibration would fail for AR9300 chips and
we went for implementing the SW way of doing it instead of
HW doing the peak detect calibration.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit 14c5932805 ("ath9k: Update QCA953x initvals")
disabled HW peak detect calibartion on QCA953x 1.0, which
should also be applied on 2.0.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To reduce the patch volume, temporariliy disable 8192eu device init.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8723b needs more action, so implement support for device specific
reset functions.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Only print a warning if the FIFO flush fails, as opposed to printing
the status unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should help when reloading the driver for 8723bu devices
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implment 8723bu specific device power down, and make power_off() a
fileops function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Powering up the 8723bu RF should probably be matched by the ability to
power it down again.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the bit define rather than hard code the value for REG_PWR_DATA bits.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8723bu_init_bt() is effectively the function enabling RF, so name
it appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This removes an superfluous semicolon.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8xxxu_rx_parse_phystats() only needs the RX rate to determine
whether to handle the stats as CCK or not. Parsing in the rate rather
than the rx descriptor elimantes the need to handle multiple rx
descriptor formats in the function.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Handle RA_REPORTS events for 8723bu to not have them show up as
unhandled.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Dump the contents of unhandled C2H events. We should be handling all
expected events, so this is debugging help in case an unexpected event
happens.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement support for nextgen devices reporting connectition to the
firmware.
The H2C API for reporting connection to the firmware is different
between the two device generations. Use the fileops structure to
determine which one to call.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support for setting bandwidth and VHT parameters is still missing
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Define H2C command structure for setting the rate mask.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
C2H events are delivered as RX packets on 8723bu/8192eu. When
receiving a C2H event, do not parse the rest of the RX descriptor as
the info isn't valid.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Further correct the handling of 40 byte TX descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Correct the setting of TX RTS for 8723a generation chips. In addition
update documentation to match that this is part of data word 4, note
data word 5.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TX data words 4 and 5 differ significantly between 32 byte and 40 byte
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SEQ changed location in the 40 byte TX descriptor. Set it correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixup victim of the relocated bits for AGG_ENABLE/AGG_BREAK in the 40
byte TX descriptor
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add additional bit definitions for 40 byte TX descriptors, and rename
bits for 32 byte descriptors that are located differently in the 40
byte descriptor format.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds documentation for some additional bits in TX descriptor word
0.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Note the descriptor checksum is still only calculated over the initial
32 bytes of the descriptor, ignoring the last 8 bytes of the
descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer generation chips use a 40 byte TX descriptor, compared to the
32 byte descriptor used on older chips.
This adds the definition for the 40 byte descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Older chips use RF register 0x24 to set the thermal meter. Newer chips
use register 0x42.
This change makes sure to set the correct thermal meter register
depending on the chip.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds the missing support for setting MCS TX power rates on 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements support for setting TX power for CCK and OFDM rates on
8723bu. MCS rates is still pending.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should (hopefully) parse the power indices correctly for the
8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer generation chips have more channels groups. In order to carry
the larger arrays in common structures, bump the array sizes to
match.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some newer chips have more channel groups in their efuse parameter
tables, so use the size of the source, rather than the destination
when copying them out. This avoids copying garbage when increasing the
common array sizes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723b series is significantly different from the older generation
in this sense. So far the 8723b version doesn't do anything useful.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These settings simply block the 8723bu, for now leave an empty
function.
With this change we can finally communicate with aliens using the
8723bu!
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the same values as the vendor driver when setting up the BTCOEX
table for 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Another case where we should use the register name rather than the
hard coded value when accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Register 0x0944 is REG_RFE_BUFFER. Use the name rather than hard coded
value when accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BT_COEX_TABLE register list contains 3 32 bit registers and one 8
bit register. Hence, use rtl8xxxu_write8() when writing the 8 bit
register.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The initial code set the wrong setting in WLAN_ACT_CONTROL for the
8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Provide RF_T_METER register location for nextgen chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Vendor driver implements this for 8723b and 8821 series
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This initializes RX DMA aggregation on 8723bu. We should do this for
all parts eventually, and also init TX aggregation.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Group chip quirks together instead of having them scattered all over
in the init code.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
List yet another new register found on the 8723b.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set PHY lock after running the RF init sequence on 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Having a version for the newer chips without calling it doesn't do
much good.....
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement burst parameter sequence for 8723bu parts. Eventually this
should be moved into device specific sections.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vendor driver does not set FPGA0_TX_INFO here. In additiona the
8723bu can handler a larger PBP page size.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Reorganize the init sequence in order to be able to compare to the
8723bu vendor driver's init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In addition make register read/write flow match closer to vendor
driver flow. This is mainly to be able to compare the register write
log with the vendor driver, and can be optimized later once 8723bu
support is working.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No indication of what register 0xa3 does anywhere in the vendor source.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function is going to need to be split up into chip specific
variants.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Retrieve the XTAL_K value in the parse_efuse() functions as it's
location various on a per device basis. For parts that do not provide
an XTAL_K value, skip setting it.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Additional tweaks to further map the init sequence for the 8723bu to
that of the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This matches the order of the 8723bu vendor driver
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements the 8723bu specific power on sequence as it is
different from that of the 8723au chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu does not like REG_AFE_XTAL_CTRL being set, so skip this for
now, to match the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Issue a BT_INFO command to verify the status of BT/WiFi settings.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
8723bu BT registers are written via the mailbox interface. Add support
for writing these and corresponding C2H event responses.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 64 bit mailbox commands also provide a different method for
mailbox command responses (C2H events).
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds code to parse the new RX descriptor format used by the
8723bu/8192eu parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The nextgen chips use a slightly different RX descriptor format. This
adds support for the new format.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the correct type when setting PS TDMA for 8723bu. This matches the
vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu is a WiFi/BT combo part. When initializing it for WiFi,
make sure to tell it not to ignore WiFi activity.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement additional init sequence code for the 8723bu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove an unused variable to make the compiler happy.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This should initialize the antennas on the 8723bu, but so far I am
still not receiving anything :( More work is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is a first stab of implementing rtl8723bu_config_channel(). For
now this will only do 20MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TX power values are laid out differently in EFUSE found in RTL8192EU &
RTL8188EU devices. TX power indices and differences for each RF path
are not interleaved (A, B, A, B), as in other chips, but follow one
another (A, B, C, D).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was inspired by the vendor driver, but in the end never used for
anything.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This matches the flow of the vendor driver for newer hardware, and
doesn't seem to cause issues for the older parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips (8723bu/8192eu) has S0S1 settings which needs to be dealt
with during LC calibration.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu also has it's own IQK calibration process. This is similar
in flow, but still different enough to warrent it's own
implementation, at least for now.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This adds some additional register definitions for 8723bu, as well as
a bit define for USB RXDMA aggregation in REG_RXDMA_AGG_PG_TH.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8192cu/rtl8188cu/rtl8723au use the same values, but 8723bu and
8192eu have their own.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix a silly bug where the debug level was overwritten rather than
amended for untested chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer generation chips require the firmware be notified before we
start the IQK calibration.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The firmware command API differs slightly between new and old
devices. The new generation requires the size since there is no
extension bit encoded into the command number.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Likewise for 8723bu, use a pointer to the efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the code easier to read and less error prone by using a pointer
to the efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Avoid a negative conditional and an extra level of indentation in the
bigger part of the loop body.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is enough to check for either illegal offset or illegal map address
because map address is a value derived from an offset:
map_addr = offset * 8
EFUSE_MAP_LEN = EFUSE_MAX_SECTION_8723A * 8
Leave just the check for an illegal map address because its upper
bound (EFUSE_MAP_LEN) is used also in a couple other places.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The larger mailboxes also use a different set of mailbox commands.
This provides a list of the 64 bit commands.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In addition do not apply fixups for 8188/8191/8192 A-cut UMC parts.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This introduces additional register definitions for newer generation
chips.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Gen1 chips use a 16 bit mailbox extension register, for upto 48 bit
mailbox commands. The newer generation chips use a 32 bit mailbox
extension register instead, for upto 64 bit mailbox commands.
Handle writing the larger mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The different RF module seems to require a different AGC table as well
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips seem to have some different mac registers, requiring
a different init table.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
So far this is just for 8723BU. It includes writing to a number of
registers I have seen no description for so far.
0x0064
0x0930
0x0944
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add 8723bu 1T radio init table. The vendor driver indicates that some
registers need special treatment for TFBGA90, TFBGA80, and TFBGA79
packaging. However the vendor driver never actually checks the package
type, so just stick to default values here.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Only 1st generation chips do provide USB interrupts, so do not try to
setup interrupts for newer chips (8192eu and 8723bu).
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8723bu, like the 8192eu, can also handle 1024 byte block writes.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement first stab at parsing the 8723bu's efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This provides initial detection of 8723bu devices, and selects the
correct firmware image to load.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The newer generation chips have different interrupt registers.
Initialize this correct registers on 8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The 8192eu (and some other parts) will report an incorrect USB OUT
EP. This tells the chip to drop it - as per the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The logic for testing auto load failure in rtl8xxxu_auto_llt_table()
was inverted.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To match the flow of the vendor driver, move the LLT init to after the
firmware is started.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This reorganizes the device initialization to init page boundaries
before starting the firmware. This matches the flow in the 8192eu
vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips can auto load the LLT table, it is no longer necessary to
build it manually in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This implements the rtl8192eu power on sequence, and splits it off
from the rtl8192cu/rtl8723au power on sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The rtl8192eu can handle 1024 byte block writes, unlike it's
predecessors (8192cu/8188cu).
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This identifies the chip vendors correctly and also picks the correct
firmware for rtl8192eu.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is the start of 8192eu support. For now just detect the device
and parse the efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add debugfs key (under CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS
configuration) to set/clear radar_debug_mode.
In this mode, the driver simply ignores radar
events (but prints them).
The fw is notified about this mode through
a special generic_cfg_feature command.
This mode is relevant only for ap mode. look for
it when initializing ap vif.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When working with AP + P2P, it's possible to get into
a state when the AP is in ROC (due to assiciating station)
while trying to ROC on the P2P interface.
Replace the WARN_ON with wl1271_error to avoid warnings
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In cfg80211 suspend handler, stop the netif queue and
wait until all the Tx queues become empty. Start the
queues in resume handler.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We met a problem of pm_suspend when repeated closing/opening the lid
on a Lenovo laptop (1/20 reproduce rate), below is the log:
[ 199.735876] PM: Entering mem sleep
[ 199.750516] e1000e: EEE TX LPI TIMER: 00000011
[ 199.856638] Trying to free nonexistent resource <000000000000d000-000000000000d0ff>
[ 201.753566] brcmfmac: brcmf_pcie_suspend: Timeout on response for entering D3 substate
[ 201.753581] pci_legacy_suspend(): brcmf_pcie_suspend+0x0/0x1f0 [brcmfmac] returns -5
[ 201.753585] dpm_run_callback(): pci_pm_suspend+0x0/0x160 returns -5
[ 201.753589] PM: Device 0000:04:00.0 failed to suspend async: error -5
Through debugging, we found when problem happens, it is not the device
fails to enter D3, but the signal D3_ACK comes too early to pass the
waitqueue_active() check.
Just like this:
brcmf_pcie_send_mb_data(devinfo, BRCMF_H2D_HOST_D3_INFORM);
// signal is triggered here
wait_event_timeout(devinfo->mbdata_resp_wait, devinfo->mbdata_completed,
BRCMF_PCIE_MBDATA_TIMEOUT);
So far I think it is safe to remove waitqueue_active check since there
is only one place to trigger this signal (sending
BRCMF_H2D_HOST_D3_INFORM). And it is not a problem calling wake_up
event earlier than calling wait_event.
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hui Wang <hui.wang@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We accidentally return success instead of a negative error code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* fix AES-CMAC in AP mode (Johannes)
* adapt prints to new firmware API
* rx path improvements (Sara and Gregory)
* fixes for the thermal / cooling device code (Chaya Rachel)
* fixes for GO uAPSD handling
* more code for the 9000 device family (Sara)
* infrastructure work for firmware notification (Chaya Rachel)
* improve association reliablity (Sara)
* runtime PM fixes
* fixes for ROC (HS2.0)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=j8++
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-03-09_2' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* update GSCAN capabilities (Ayala)
* fix AES-CMAC in AP mode (Johannes)
* adapt prints to new firmware API
* rx path improvements (Sara and Gregory)
* fixes for the thermal / cooling device code (Chaya Rachel)
* fixes for GO uAPSD handling
* more code for the 9000 device family (Sara)
* infrastructure work for firmware notification (Chaya Rachel)
* improve association reliablity (Sara)
* runtime PM fixes
* fixes for ROC (HS2.0)
Gscan capabilities were updated with new capabilities supported
by the device. While at it, simplify the firmware support
conditional and move both conditions into the WARN() to make it
easier to undertand and use the unlikely() for both.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware/hardware only supports checking AES-CMAC on RX, not
using it on TX. For station mode this is fine, since it's the only
thing it will ever do. For AP mode, it never receives such frames,
but must be able to transmit them. This is currently broken since
we try to enable them for hardware crypto (for RX only) and then
treat them as TX_CMD_SEC_EXT, leading to FIFO underruns during TX
so the frames never go out to the air.
To fix this, simply use software on TX in AP (and IBSS) mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Newer firmware versions put different data in the memory
which is read by the driver upon firmware crash. Just
change the variable names in the code and the name of the
data in the log that we print withouth any functional
change.
On older firmware, there will be a mismatch between the
names that are printed and the content itself, but that's
harmless.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When trying to reach high Rx throughput of more than 500Mbps on
a device with a relatively weak CPU (Atom x5-Z8500), CPU utilization
may become a bottleneck. Analysis showed that we are looping in
iwl_pcie_rx_handle for very long periods which led to starvation
of other threads (iwl_pcie_rx_handle runs with _bh disabled).
We were handling Rx and allocating new buffers and the new buffers
were ready quickly enough to be available before we had finished
handling all the buffers available in the hardware. As a
consequence, we called iwl_pcie_rxq_restock to refill the hardware
with the new buffers, and start again handling new buffers without
exiting the function. Since we read the hardware pointer again when
we goto restart, new buffers were handled immediately instead of
exiting the function.
This patch avoids refilling RBs inside rx handling loop, unless an
emergency situation is reached. It also doesn't read the hardware
pointer again unless we are in an emergency (unlikely) case.
This significantly reduce the maximal time we spend in
iwl_pcie_rx_handle with _bh disabled.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_tcool_get_cur_state is the function that returns the
cooling state index to the sysfs handler. This function returns
mvm->cooling_dev.cur_state but that variable was set to the
budget and not the cooling state index. Fix that.
Add a missing blank line while at it.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We need to track the next packet that we will reclaim in
order to know when the Tx queues are empty. This is useful
when we open or tear down an A-MPDU session which requires
to switch queue.
The next packet being reclaimed is identified by its WiFi
sequence number and this is relevant only when we use QoS.
QoS NDPs do have a TID but have a meaningless sequence
number. The spec mandates the receiver to ignore the
sequence number in this case, allowing the transmitter to
put any sequence number. Our implementation leaves it 0.
When we reclaim a QoS NDP, we can't update the next_relcaim
counter since the sequence number of the QoS NDP itself is
invalid.
We used to update the next_reclaim based on the sequence
number of the QoS NDP which reset it to 1 (0 + 1) and
because of this, we never knew when the queue got empty.
This had to sad consequence to stuck the A-MPDU state
machine in a transient state.
To fix this, don't update next_reclaim when we reclaim
a QoS NDP.
Alesya saw this bug when testing u-APSD. Because the
A-MPDU state machine was stuck in EMPTYING_DELBA, we
updated mac80211 that we still have frames for that
station when it got back to sleep. mac80211 then wrongly
set the TIM bit in the beacon and requested to release
non-existent frames from the A-MPDU queue. This led to
a situation where the client was trying to poll frames
but we had no frames to send.
Reported-by: Alesya Shapira <alesya.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
From 9000 family on, we need to get HW address from host
CSR registers.
OEM can override it by fusing the override registers - read
those first, and if those are 0 - read the OTP registers instead.
In addition - bail out if no valid mac address is present. Make
it shared for all NICs.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We kick the allocator when we have 2 RBDs that don't have
attached RBs, and the allocator allocates 8 RBs meaning
that it needs another 6 RBDs to attach the RBs to.
The design is that allocator should always have enough RBDs
to fulfill requests, so we give in advance 6 RBDs to the
allocator so that when it is kicked, it gets additional 2 RBDs
and has enough RBDs.
These RBDs were taken from the Rx queue itself, meaning
that each Rx queue didn't have the maximal number of
RBDs, but MAX - 6.
Change initial number of RBDs in the system to include both
queue size and allocator reserves.
Note the multi-queue is always 511 instead of 512 to avoid a
full queue since we cannot detect this state easily enough in
the 9000 arch.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When running async rx handler the framework holds the mvm->mutex
before starting the async handler, that might cause a deadlock in case
the handler calls to ops that lock the mutex as well.
Add support for running async rx handler without hold the mutex before
activating the handler.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently when the FW sends start/stop aux roc time event
notification with an error status, the driver returns an
error value, but does not remove the time event, and does
not notify the stack above that the time event is over.
This causes problems that the stack above assumes we are still
in the middle of a time event, and therefore can block different
events, such as scanning.
On FW failure notification, cleanup the time event parameters and
notify the stack above that the time event is over.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our hardware de-aggregates AMSDUs but copies the mac header
as it to the de-aggregated MPDUs. We need to turn off the AMSDU
bit in the QoS control ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add debugfs entries to get the ctdp budget average
and to stop ctdp.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The cw1200 uses #ifdef to check for CONFIG_PM, but then
uses SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS, which leaves the references out when
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is not defined, so we get a warning with
PM=y && PM_SLEEP=n:
drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/cw1200_spi.c:450:12: error: 'cw1200_spi_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This removes the incorrect #ifdef and instead uses a __maybe_unused
annotation to let the compiler know it can silently drop
the function definition.
For the DEV_PM_OPS definition, we can use an IS_ENABLED() check
to avoid defining the structure when CONFIG_PM is not set without
the #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Smatch reports the following warning:
CHECK drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rc.c
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rc.c:144 _rtl_rc_rate_set_series() warn: impossible condition '(wireless_mode == 256) => (0-255 == 256)'
This warning arises because commit acc6907b87a9 ("rtlwifi: Fix warning
from ieee80211_get_tx_rates() when using 5G") now checks the wireless
mode for WIRELESS_MODE_AC_ONLY (BIT(8)) in _rtl_rc_rate_set_series().
As a result, all quantities used to store the wireless mode must be u16.
This patch also reorders struct rtl_sta_info to save a little space.
Fixes: d76d65fd26 ("rtlwifi: fix broken VHT support")
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Check and set Rx MAC timestamp when firmware indicates it.
Firmware adds it in Rx beacon frame only at this moment.
Driver and mac80211 may utilize it to detect such clockdrift
or beacon collision and use the result for beacon collision
avoidance.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Until now only WMI originating mgmt frames were
reported to mac80211. Management frames on HTT
were basically dropped (except frames which looked
like management but had FCS error).
To allow sniffing all frames (including offloaded
frames) without interfering with mac80211
operation and states a new rx_flag was introduced
and is not being used to distinguish frames and
classify them for mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
iwlwifi
* free firmware paging memory when the module is unloaded or device removed
* fix pending frames counter to fix an issue when removing stations
ssb
* fix a build problem related to ssb_fill_sprom_with_fallback()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJW2bUaAAoJEG4XJFUm622bfrAH/jy7VHux59vq30TGhNwBZKWi
Klgx4KPhv93kS9pj6eSN5QdSQ9JeYtSryo9d+isy/T77z3phrmmOPyjBbgWRm3eV
RGUccrhvpNRRoLhdNX2r6ubbwJ8MU3w/CIEK9RO16hxKu6XPqP1U9sfoxqQ7hswH
DKeTeu7nMfahe9923amo2wgSDkad14V8EaX009JHsh61QPyLF3QG8670PLwU2uFI
j4ThpMNBrgBsbtIr8qPfGDu1SvDClKhAIRjdCIylRRX3QScNfT81491N+uJafcyM
d4xiPyFFXzNtaYqYYVfN8DzJGseCI63wHN7KmzB405mAs9ciA2263GIen7ySXvg=
=LfgZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-03-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.5
iwlwifi
* free firmware paging memory when the module is unloaded or device removed
* fix pending frames counter to fix an issue when removing stations
ssb
* fix a build problem related to ssb_fill_sprom_with_fallback()
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fixes for 9000 devices data path (Sara Sharon)
* improvements in scheduled scan w/o profiles (Luca)
* new firmware support (-21.ucode)
* add MSIX support for 9000 devices (Haim Dreyfuss)
* cleanup in PCIe initialization
* enable MU-MIMO and take care of firmware restart(Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for large SKBs in mvm to reach A-MSDU
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for filtering frames from a BA session (Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* start implementing the new Rx path for 9000 devices (Sara Sharon)
* enable the new RRM feature flag (Beni Lev)
* fix U-APSD enablement on P2P Client (Avri Altman)
* fix beacon abort enablement (Avri Altman)
* forbid beacon storing with WoWLAN (Matti Gottlieb)
* support unified uSniffer / regular firmware image (Golan Ben-Ami)
* fix a race between debugfs hooks and iface up (Chaya Rachel Ivgi)
* fixes for runtime PM (Luca)
* add a new module paramater to disable VHT (Andrei Otcheretianski)
* build infrastructure for Dynamic Queue Allocation (Liad Kaufman)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=b5Ae
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-03-02' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* add support for thermal device / cooling device (Chaya Rachel)
* fixes for 9000 devices data path (Sara Sharon)
* improvements in scheduled scan w/o profiles (Luca)
* new firmware support (-21.ucode)
* add MSIX support for 9000 devices (Haim Dreyfuss)
* cleanup in PCIe initialization
* enable MU-MIMO and take care of firmware restart(Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for large SKBs in mvm to reach A-MSDU
===> This needs mac80211-next
* add support for filtering frames from a BA session (Sara Sharon)
===> This needs mac80211-next
* start implementing the new Rx path for 9000 devices (Sara Sharon)
* enable the new RRM feature flag (Beni Lev)
* fix U-APSD enablement on P2P Client (Avri Altman)
* fix beacon abort enablement (Avri Altman)
* forbid beacon storing with WoWLAN (Matti Gottlieb)
* support unified uSniffer / regular firmware image (Golan Ben-Ami)
* fix a race between debugfs hooks and iface up (Chaya Rachel Ivgi)
* fixes for runtime PM (Luca)
* add a new module paramater to disable VHT (Andrei Otcheretianski)
* build infrastructure for Dynamic Queue Allocation (Liad Kaufman)
If the allocation of ivp fails the error handling attempts to
free an uninitialized dma_buf; this data structure just contains
garbage on the stack, so the freeing will cause issues when the
urb, buf and dma fields are free'd. Fix this by not free'ing the
dma_buf if the ivp allocation fails.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes the missing spaces issue in coding style.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes spaces before commas issue in coding style.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes the incorrect indentation of the case label.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add USB ID 0411:01fd for Buffalo WLI-UC-G450 wireless adapter,
RT chipset 3593
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wong <anthony.wong@ubuntu.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
multiport address flag(0x1000) should not be set during sdio cmd53,
if we have only one packet to read/write.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch sdio multi port aggregation statistics which can be
used for debugging. This debug data is collected in
/sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/debug.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch corrects the error case in association path by returning
-1. Earlier "media_connected" used to remain on in this error case
causing failure for further association attempts.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Fixes: b887664d88 ('mwifiex: channel switch handling for station')
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is observed that driver may send the data packet to tdls peer
before tdls peer receives tdls setup confirm frame.
Similar race condition exists during tdls teardown procedure also.
This patch adds 10 milliseconds delay to resolve the race.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
passing rtl_stats by value is inefficient; the structure is over 300
bytes in size and generally just one field (packet_report_type)
is being accessed, so the pass by value is a relatively large overhead.
This change just affects just the rx_command_packet calls.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need in usb_put_dev() if at76_load_internal_fw() succeed.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce the use of to_delayed_work() helper function instead of open
coding it with container_of()
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch used to make
this change is:
//<smpl>
@@
expression a;
symbol work;
@@
- container_of(a, struct delayed_work, work)
+ to_delayed_work(a)
//</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add full support for both AP and STA for management frame protection.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.van@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
brcmf_add_keyext is called when a key is configured for a specific
mac address. This function is very similar to the calling function
brcmf_add_key. Integrate this function and also use existing del_key
function in case key is to be cleared.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.van@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Merge module parameters and platform data in one struct. This is the
last step to move to the new platform data per device. Now parameters
of platform data will be merged with module parameters per device.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Platform data is only available for sdio. With this patch a new
platform data structure is being used which allows for platform
data for any device and configurable per device. This patch only
switches to the new structure and adds support for SDIO devices.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently ARP and ND (IPv6 Neigbor Discovery) offload get disabled
on entering suspend. However when firmwares support the wowl_cap
iovar then these offload routines can be kept enabled as they
will work during WOWL as well.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation of module parameters for all devices the module
platform data retrieval is moved from sdio to common. It is still
only used for sdio devices.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for gtk rekeying offload and for gtk
rekeying failure during wowl mode.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation of module parameters for all devices the module init
and exit routines are moved to the common file.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When keys get set and updated this has to happen after eapol got
transmitted (without key or old key) before the key can be updated.
To make sure the order of sending eapol and configuring key is done
correctly a timeout for tx of eapol is applied. This timeout is set
to 50 msec, which is not always enough. Especially in AP mode and
key updates the timeout may need to be much longer because client(s)
can be in powersave. Increase the timeout from 50 to 950 msec.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The PCIE bus driver supports older gen1 (v1) chips, but there is no
actual device which is using this older pcie core which is supported
by brcmfmac. Remove all gen1 related code.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A newer version of the 4366 PCIE chip has been released. Add
support for this version of the chip.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The PCIE bar1 window size is specified by chip. Currently the
ioremap of bar1 was using a define which always matched the size
of bar1, but newer chips can have a different bar1 sizes. With
this patch the ioremap will be called with the by chip provided
window size.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
